elseview update (17aug06)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@1978 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

26 files changed, 2714 insertions, 4770 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/elsevier/elsart-harv.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/elsevier/elsart-harv.bst
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e67cabe0dd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/elsevier/elsart-harv.bst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1528 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `elsart-harv.bst',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% merlin.mbs  (with options: `,ay,nat,nm-rev,ed-rev,dt-beg,yr-com,aymth,yrp-per,note-yr,jttl-rm,thtit-a,vnum-sp,volp-com,pp-last,jnm-x,btit-rm,bt-rm,pre-edn,url,url-nl,edpar,blk-tit,in-col,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,xand,em-x,nfss')
-%% After docstrip generation some manual changes were made (SP)
-%% ----------------------------------------
-%% *** Author-date reference style for elsart ***
-%% $Id: elsart-harv.bst 1.3 2000/05/08 10:17:51 spepping Exp spepping $
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1994-1999 Patrick W Daly
- % ===============================================================
- % IMPORTANT NOTICE:
- % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or
- % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above.
- %
- % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
- % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
- % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
- % version 1 of the License, or any later version.
- % ===============================================================
- % Name and version information of the main mbs file:
- % \ProvidesFile{merlin.mbs}[1999/03/18 3.88 (PWD)]
- %   For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in ENGLISH
- % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is
- % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a special package file to function properly.
- % Such a package is    natbib.sty   by Patrick W. Daly
- % The form of the \bibitem entries is
- %   \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)]{key}...
- %   \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)Jones, Baker, and Smith]{key}...
- % The essential feature is that the label (the part in brackets) consists
- % of the author names, as they should appear in the citation, with the year
- % in parentheses following. There must be no space before the opening
- % parenthesis!
- % With natbib v5.3, a full list of authors may also follow the year.
- % In natbib.sty, it is possible to define the type of enclosures that is
- % really wanted (brackets or parentheses), but in either case, there must
- % be parentheses in the label.
- % The \cite command functions as follows:
- %   \citet{key} ==>>                Jones et al. (1990)
- %   \citet*{key} ==>>               Jones, Baker, and Smith (1990)
- %   \citep{key} ==>>                (Jones et al., 1990)
- %   \citep*{key} ==>>               (Jones, Baker, and Smith, 1990)
- %   \citep[chap. 2]{key} ==>>       (Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2)
- %   \citep[e.g.][]{key} ==>>        (e.g. Jones et al., 1990)
- %   \citep[e.g.][p. 32]{key} ==>>   (e.g. Jones et al., p. 32)
- %   \citeauthor{key} ==>>           Jones et al.
- %   \citeauthor*{key} ==>>          Jones, Baker, and Smith
- %   \citeyear{key} ==>>             1990
- %---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ENTRY
-  { address
-    author
-    booktitle
-    chapter
-    edition
-    editor
-    howpublished
-    institution
-    journal
-    key
-    month
-    note
-    number
-    organization
-    pages
-    publisher
-    school
-    series
-    title
-    type
-    url
-    volume
-    year
-  }
-  {}
-  { label extra.label sort.label short.list }
-
-INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
-
-FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
-{ #0 'before.all :=
-  #1 'mid.sentence :=
-  #2 'after.sentence :=
-  #3 'after.block :=
-}
-
-STRINGS { s t }
-
-FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
-{ 's :=
-  output.state mid.sentence =
-    { ", " * write$ }
-    { output.state after.block =
-        { add.period$ write$
-          newline$
-          "\newblock " write$
-        }
-        { output.state before.all =
-            'write$
-            { add.period$ " " * write$ }
-          if$
-        }
-      if$
-      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
-    }
-  if$
-  s
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
-    'pop$
-    'output.nonnull
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.check}
-{ 't :=
-  duplicate$ empty$
-    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
-    'output.nonnull
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {fin.entry}
-{ add.period$
-  write$
-  newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block}
-{ output.state before.all =
-    'skip$
-    { after.block 'output.state := }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence}
-{ output.state after.block =
-    'skip$
-    { output.state before.all =
-        'skip$
-        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {add.blank}
-{  " " * before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {date.block}
-{
-  new.sentence
-}
-
-FUNCTION {not}
-{   { #0 }
-    { #1 }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {and}
-{   'skip$
-    { pop$ #0 }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {or}
-{   { pop$ #1 }
-    'skip$
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
-{ empty$
-  swap$ empty$
-  and
-    'skip$
-    'new.block
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {field.or.null}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
-    { pop$ "" }
-    'skip$
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {emphasize}
-{ skip$ }
-
-FUNCTION {capitalize}
-{ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ }
-
-FUNCTION {space.word}
-{ " " swap$ * " " * }
-
- % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words.
- % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word.
- % The language selected here is ENGLISH
-FUNCTION {bbl.and}
-{ "and"}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.etal}
-{ "et~al." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.editors}
-{ "Eds." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.editor}
-{ "Ed." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.edby}
-{ "edited by" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.edition}
-{ "Edition" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.volume}
-{ "Vol." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.of}
-{ "of" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.number}
-{ "no." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.nr}
-{ "no." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.in}
-{ "in" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.pages}
-{ "pp." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.page}
-{ "p." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}
-{ "Ch." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}
-{ "Tech. Rep." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}
-{ "Master's thesis" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}
-{ "Ph.D. thesis" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.first}
-{ "1st" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.second}
-{ "2nd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.third}
-{ "3rd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.fourth}
-{ "4th" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.fifth}
-{ "5th" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.st}
-{ "st" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.nd}
-{ "nd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.rd}
-{ "rd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.th}
-{ "th" }
-
-MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
-
-MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
-
-MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
-
-MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
-
-MACRO {may} {"May"}
-
-MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}
-
-MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}
-
-MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
-
-MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}
-
-MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
-
-MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
-
-MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
-
-FUNCTION {eng.ord}
-{ duplicate$ "1" swap$ *
-  #-2 #1 substring$ "1" =
-     { bbl.th * }
-     { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$
-       duplicate$ "1" =
-         { pop$ bbl.st * }
-         { duplicate$ "2" =
-             { pop$ bbl.nd * }
-             { "3" =
-                 { bbl.rd * }
-                 { bbl.th * }
-               if$
-             }
-           if$
-          }
-       if$
-     }
-   if$
-}
-
-MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
-
-MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
-
-MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
-
-MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
-
-MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
-
-MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
-
-MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
-
-MACRO {ieeetcad}
- {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
-
-MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
-
-MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
-
-MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
-
-MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
-
-MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
-
-MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
-
-MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
-
-MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
-
-FUNCTION {write.url}
-{ url empty$
-    { skip$ }
-    { "\newline\urlprefix\url{" url * "}" * write$ newline$ }
-  if$
-}
-
-
-INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
-
-FUNCTION {format.names}
-{ 's :=
-  #1 'nameptr :=
-  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
-  numnames 'namesleft :=
-    { namesleft #0 > }
-    { s nameptr
-      "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$
-    't :=
-      nameptr #1 >
-        {
-          namesleft #1 >
-            { ", " * t * }
-            {
-              "," *
-              s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
-                { 't := }
-                { pop$ }
-              if$
-              t "others" =
-                {
-                  " " * bbl.etal *
-                }
-                { " " * t * }
-              if$
-            }
-          if$
-        }
-        't
-      if$
-      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
-      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
-    }
-  while$
-}
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed}
-{ format.names }
-FUNCTION {format.key}
-{ empty$
-    { key field.or.null }
-    { "" }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.authors}
-{ author empty$
-    { "" }
-    { author format.names }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.editors}
-{ editor empty$
-    { "" }
-    { editor format.names
-      editor num.names$ #1 >
-        { " (" * bbl.editors * ")" * }
-        { " (" * bbl.editor * ")" * }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.editors}
-{ editor empty$
-    { "" }
-    { editor format.names.ed
-      editor num.names$ #1 >
-        { " (" * bbl.editors * ")" * }
-        { " (" * bbl.editor * ")" * }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.note}
-{
- note empty$
-    { "" }
-    { note #1 #1 substring$
-      duplicate$ "{" =
-        'skip$
-        { output.state mid.sentence =
-          { "l" }
-          { "u" }
-        if$
-        change.case$
-        }
-      if$
-      note #2 global.max$ substring$ *
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.title}
-{ title empty$
-    { "" }
-    { title "t" change.case$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.full.names}
-{'s :=
-  #1 'nameptr :=
-  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
-  numnames 'namesleft :=
-    { namesleft #0 > }
-    { s nameptr
-      "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
-      't :=
-      nameptr #1 >
-        {
-          namesleft #1 >
-            { ", " * t * }
-            {
-              numnames #2 >
-                { "," * }
-                'skip$
-              if$
-              s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
-                { 't := }
-                { pop$ }
-              if$
-              t "others" =
-                {
-                  " " * bbl.etal *
-                }
-                { bbl.and
-                  space.word * t *
-                }
-              if$
-            }
-          if$
-        }
-        't
-      if$
-      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
-      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
-    }
-  while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.editor.key.full}
-{ author empty$
-    { editor empty$
-        { key empty$
-            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
-            'key
-          if$
-        }
-        { editor format.full.names }
-      if$
-    }
-    { author format.full.names }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.key.full}
-{ author empty$
-    { key empty$
-         { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
-          'key
-      if$
-    }
-    { author format.full.names }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.key.full}
-{ editor empty$
-    { key empty$
-         { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
-          'key
-      if$
-    }
-    { editor format.full.names }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {make.full.names}
-{ type$ "book" =
-  type$ "inbook" =
-  or
-    'author.editor.key.full
-    { type$ "proceedings" =
-        'editor.key.full
-        'author.key.full
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
-{ newline$
-  "\bibitem[{" write$
-  label write$
-  ")" make.full.names duplicate$ short.list =
-     { pop$ }
-     { * }
-   if$
-  "}]{" * write$
-  cite$ write$
-  "}" write$
-  newline$
-  ""
-  before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {n.dashify}
-{
-  't :=
-  ""
-    { t empty$ not }
-    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
-        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
-            { "--" *
-              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
-            }
-            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
-                { "-" *
-                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
-                }
-              while$
-            }
-          if$
-        }
-        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
-          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-  while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {word.in}
-{ bbl.in capitalize
-  ":" *
-  " " * }
-
-FUNCTION {format.date}
-{ year duplicate$ empty$
-    { "empty year in " cite$ * "; set to ????" * warning$
-       pop$ "????" }
-    'skip$
-  if$
-  month empty$
-    'skip$
-    { month
-      " " * swap$ *
-    }
-  if$
-  extra.label *
-  before.all 'output.state :=
-  ", " swap$ *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.btitle}
-{ title
-}
-
-FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
-{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
-    { "~" }
-    { " " }
-  if$
-  swap$ * *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {either.or.check}
-{ empty$
-    'pop$
-    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
-{ volume empty$
-    { "" }
-    { bbl.volume volume tie.or.space.connect
-      series empty$
-        'skip$
-        { bbl.of space.word * series emphasize * }
-      if$
-      "volume and number" number either.or.check
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.number.series}
-{ volume empty$
-    { number empty$
-        { series field.or.null }
-        { output.state mid.sentence =
-            { bbl.number }
-            { bbl.number capitalize }
-          if$
-          number tie.or.space.connect
-          series empty$
-            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
-            { bbl.in space.word * series * }
-          if$
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-    { "" }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {is.num}
-{ chr.to.int$
-  duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
-  swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
-}
-
-FUNCTION {extract.num}
-{ duplicate$ 't :=
-  "" 's :=
-  { t empty$ not }
-  { t #1 #1 substring$
-    t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
-    duplicate$ is.num
-      { s swap$ * 's := }
-      { pop$ "" 't := }
-    if$
-  }
-  while$
-  s empty$
-    'skip$
-    { pop$ s }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {convert.edition}
-{ edition extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
-  s "first" = s "1" = or
-    { bbl.first 't := }
-    { s "second" = s "2" = or
-        { bbl.second 't := }
-        { s "third" = s "3" = or
-            { bbl.third 't := }
-            { s "fourth" = s "4" = or
-                { bbl.fourth 't := }
-                { s "fifth" = s "5" = or
-                    { bbl.fifth 't := }
-                    { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
-                        { s eng.ord 't := }
-                        { edition 't := }
-                      if$
-                    }
-                  if$
-                }
-              if$
-            }
-          if$
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-  t
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.edition}
-{ edition empty$
-    { "" }
-    { output.state mid.sentence =
-        { convert.edition "l" change.case$ " " * bbl.edition * }
-        { convert.edition "t" change.case$ " " * bbl.edition * }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { multiresult }
-
-FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
-{ 't :=
-  #0 'multiresult :=
-    { multiresult not
-      t empty$ not
-      and
-    }
-    { t #1 #1 substring$
-      duplicate$ "-" =
-      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
-      swap$ "+" =
-      or or
-        { #1 'multiresult := }
-        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
-      if$
-    }
-  while$
-  multiresult
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.pages}
-{ pages empty$
-    { "" }
-    { pages multi.page.check
-        { bbl.pages pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
-        { bbl.page pages tie.or.space.connect }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.journal.pages}
-{ pages empty$
-    'skip$
-    { duplicate$ empty$
-        { pop$ format.pages }
-        {
-          ", " *
-          pages n.dashify *
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
-{ volume field.or.null
-  number empty$
-    'skip$
-    {
-      "~(" number * ")" * *
-      volume empty$
-        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
-        'skip$
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
-{ chapter empty$
-    { "" }
-    { type empty$
-        { bbl.chapter }
-        { type "l" change.case$ }
-      if$
-      chapter tie.or.space.connect
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
-{ booktitle empty$
-    { "" }
-    { editor empty$
-        { word.in booktitle * }
-        { word.in format.in.editors * ", " *
-          booktitle * }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
-{ type empty$
-    'skip$
-    { pop$
-      type "t" change.case$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
-{ type empty$
-    { bbl.techrep }
-    'type
-  if$
-  number empty$
-    { "t" change.case$ }
-    { number tie.or.space.connect }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
-{
-  word.in
-  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
-{ volume empty$
-    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
-      word.in
-    }
-    { bbl.volume capitalize
-      volume tie.or.space.connect
-      bbl.of space.word *
-    }
-  if$
-  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
-{
-  word.in
-  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub}
-{ 't :=
-  ""
-  address empty$ t empty$ and
-    'skip$
-    {
-      t empty$
-        { address empty$
-          'skip$
-          { address * }
-          if$
-        }
-        { t *
-          address empty$
-            'skip$
-            { ", " * address * }
-          if$
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.publisher.address}
-{ publisher empty$
-    { "empty publisher in " cite$ * warning$
-      ""
-    }
-    { publisher }
-  if$
-  format.org.or.pub
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.organization.address}
-{ organization empty$
-    { "" }
-    { organization }
-  if$
-  format.org.or.pub
-}
-
-FUNCTION {article}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  author format.key output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  date.block
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  new.sentence
-  crossref missing$
-    { journal
-      "journal" output.check
-      add.blank
-      format.vol.num.pages output
-    }
-    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
-      format.pages output
-    }
-  if$
-  format.journal.pages
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {book}
-{ output.bibitem
-  author empty$
-    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
-      editor format.key output
-    }
-    { format.authors output.nonnull
-      crossref missing$
-        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
-        'skip$
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  date.block
-  format.btitle "title" output.check
-  crossref missing$
-    { format.edition output
-      new.sentence
-	  format.bvolume output
-      format.number.series output
-      new.sentence
-      format.publisher.address output
-    }
-    {
-  new.sentence
-      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
-    }
-  if$
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {booklet}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors output
-  author format.key output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  date.block
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  new.sentence
-  howpublished output
-  address output
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inbook}
-{ output.bibitem
-  author empty$
-    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
-      editor format.key output
-    }
-    { format.authors output.nonnull
-      crossref missing$
-        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
-        'skip$
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  date.block
-  format.btitle "title" output.check
-  crossref missing$
-    {
-      format.edition output
-      new.sentence
-      format.bvolume output
-      format.number.series output
-      new.sentence
-      format.publisher.address output
-      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
-    }
-    {
-      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
-  new.sentence
-      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
-    }
-  if$
-  format.pages "pages" output.check
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {incollection}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  author format.key output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  date.block
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  new.sentence
-  crossref missing$
-    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
-      format.edition output
-      new.sentence
-      format.bvolume output
-      format.number.series output
-      new.sentence
-      format.publisher.address output
-      format.chapter.pages output
-    }
-    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
-      format.chapter.pages output
-    }
-  if$
-  format.pages "pages" output.check
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inproceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  author format.key output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  date.block
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  new.sentence
-  crossref missing$
-    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
-      format.edition output
-      new.sentence
-      format.bvolume output
-      format.number.series output
-      new.sentence
-      publisher empty$
-        { format.organization.address output }
-        { organization output
-          format.publisher.address output
-        }
-      if$
-%      format.pages output
-    }
-    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
-%      format.pages output
-    }
-  if$
-  format.pages "pages" output.check
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
-
-FUNCTION {manual}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors output
-  author format.key output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  date.block
-  format.btitle "title" output.check
-  new.sentence
-  organization output
-  address output
-  format.edition output
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  author format.key output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  date.block
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  new.sentence
-  bbl.mthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull
-  school "school" output.check
-  address output
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {misc}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors output
-  author format.key output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  date.block
-  format.title output
-  new.sentence
-  howpublished output
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {phdthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  author format.key output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  date.block
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  new.sentence
-  bbl.phdthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull
-  school "school" output.check
-  address output
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {proceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.editors output
-  editor format.key output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  date.block
-  format.btitle "title" output.check
-  new.sentence
-  format.bvolume output
-  format.number.series output
-  new.sentence
-  publisher empty$
-    { format.organization.address output }
-    { organization output
-      format.publisher.address output
-    }
-  if$
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {techreport}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  author format.key output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  date.block
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  new.sentence
-  format.tr.number output.nonnull
-  institution "institution" output.check
-  address output
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {unpublished}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  author format.key output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  date.block
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  format.note "note" output.check
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
-
-READ
-
-FUNCTION {sortify}
-{ purify$
-  "l" change.case$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { len }
-
-FUNCTION {chop.word}
-{ 's :=
-  'len :=
-  s #1 len substring$ =
-    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
-    's
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
-{ 's :=
-  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
-  s num.names$ duplicate$
-  #2 >
-    { pop$
-      " " * bbl.etal *
-    }
-    { #2 <
-        'skip$
-        { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
-            {
-              " " * bbl.etal *
-            }
-            { bbl.and space.word * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
-              * }
-          if$
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.key.label}
-{ author empty$
-    { key empty$
-        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
-        'key
-      if$
-    }
-    { author format.lab.names }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
-{ author empty$
-    { editor empty$
-        { key empty$
-            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
-            'key
-          if$
-        }
-        { editor format.lab.names }
-      if$
-    }
-    { author format.lab.names }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
-{ editor empty$
-    { key empty$
-        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
-        'key
-      if$
-    }
-    { editor format.lab.names }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {calc.short.authors}
-{ type$ "book" =
-  type$ "inbook" =
-  or
-    'author.editor.key.label
-    { type$ "proceedings" =
-        'editor.key.label
-        'author.key.label
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-  'short.list :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {calc.label}
-{ calc.short.authors
-  short.list
-  "("
-  *
-  year duplicate$ empty$
-     { pop$ "????" }
-     'skip$
-  if$
-  *
-  'label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
-{ 's :=
-  #1 'nameptr :=
-  ""
-  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
-  numnames 'namesleft :=
-    { namesleft #0 > }
-    { s nameptr
-      "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}"
-      format.name$ 't :=
-      nameptr #1 >
-        {
-          "   "  *
-          namesleft #1 = t "others" = and
-            { "zzzzz" * }
-            { t sortify * }
-          if$
-        }
-        { t sortify * }
-      if$
-      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
-      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
-    }
-  while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
-{ 't :=
-  "A " #2
-    "An " #3
-      "The " #4 t chop.word
-    chop.word
-  chop.word
-  sortify
-  #1 global.max$ substring$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.sort}
-{ author empty$
-    { key empty$
-        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
-          ""
-        }
-        { key sortify }
-      if$
-    }
-    { author sort.format.names }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
-{ author empty$
-    { editor empty$
-        { key empty$
-            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
-              ""
-            }
-            { key sortify }
-          if$
-        }
-        { editor sort.format.names }
-      if$
-    }
-    { author sort.format.names }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.sort}
-{ editor empty$
-    { key empty$
-        { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
-          ""
-        }
-        { key sortify }
-      if$
-    }
-    { editor sort.format.names }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {presort}
-{ calc.label
-  label sortify
-  "    "
-  *
-  type$ "book" =
-  type$ "inbook" =
-  or
-    'author.editor.sort
-    { type$ "proceedings" =
-        'editor.sort
-        'author.sort
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-  #1 entry.max$ substring$
-  'sort.label :=
-  sort.label
-  *
-  "    "
-  *
-  title field.or.null
-  sort.format.title
-  *
-  #1 entry.max$ substring$
-  'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-ITERATE {presort}
-
-SORT
-
-STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
-
-INTEGERS { last.extra.num number.label }
-
-FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
-{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
-  "" 'next.extra :=
-  #0 'last.extra.num :=
-  #0 'number.label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {forward.pass}
-{ last.label label =
-    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
-      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
-    }
-    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
-      "" 'extra.label :=
-      label 'last.label :=
-    }
-  if$
-  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
-{ next.extra "b" =
-    { "a" 'extra.label := }
-    'skip$
-  if$
-  extra.label 'next.extra :=
-  extra.label
-  duplicate$ empty$
-    'skip$
-    { "{\natexlab{" swap$ * "}}" * }
-  if$
-  'extra.label :=
-  label extra.label * 'label :=
-}
-
-EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
-
-ITERATE {forward.pass}
-
-REVERSE {reverse.pass}
-
-FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
-{ sort.label
-  "    "
-  *
-  year field.or.null sortify
-  *
-  "    "
-  *
-  title field.or.null
-  sort.format.title
-  *
-  #1 entry.max$ substring$
-  'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
-
-SORT
-
-FUNCTION {begin.bib}
-{ preamble$ empty$
-    'skip$
-    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
-  if$
-  "\begin{thebibliography}{" number.label int.to.str$ * "}" *
-  write$ newline$
-  "\expandafter\ifx\csname natexlab\endcsname\relax\def\natexlab#1{#1}\fi"
-  write$ newline$
-  "\expandafter\ifx\csname url\endcsname\relax"
-  write$ newline$
-  "  \def\url#1{\texttt{#1}}\fi"
-  write$ newline$
-  "\expandafter\ifx\csname urlprefix\endcsname\relax\def\urlprefix{URL }\fi"
-  write$ newline$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {begin.bib}
-
-EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
-
-ITERATE {call.type$}
-
-FUNCTION {end.bib}
-{ newline$
-  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {end.bib}
-%% End of customized bst file
-%%
-%% End of file `elsart-harv.bst'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/elsevier/elsart-num.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/elsevier/elsart-num.bst
deleted file mode 100644
index ee274ef0a84..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/elsevier/elsart-num.bst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1262 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `elsart-num.bst',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% merlin.mbs  (with options: `,seq-no,nm-init,ed-au,dt-end,yr-par,yrp-x,jttl-rm,thtit-a,vnum-sp,volp-blk,jdt-p,pp-last,jnm-x,btit-rm,bt-rm,pub-date,pub-xpar,pre-edn,url,url-nl,edpar,blk-com,in-col,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,and-xcom,xand,em-x,nfss')
-%% After docstrip generation some manual changes were made (SP)
-%% ----------------------------------------
-%% *** Numerical reference style for elsart ***
-%% $Id: elsart-num.bst 1.4 2000/05/08 10:17:09 spepping Exp spepping $
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1994-1999 Patrick W Daly
- % ===============================================================
- % IMPORTANT NOTICE:
- % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or
- % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above.
- %
- % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
- % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
- % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
- % version 1 of the License, or any later version.
- % ===============================================================
- % Name and version information of the main mbs file:
- % \ProvidesFile{merlin.mbs}[1999/03/18 3.88 (PWD)]
- %   For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in ENGLISH
- % This is a numerical citation style, and as such is standard LaTeX.
- % It requires no extra package to interface to the main text.
- % The form of the \bibitem entries is
- %   \bibitem{key}...
- % Usage of \cite is as follows:
- %   \cite{key} ==>>          [#]
- %   \cite[chap. 2]{key} ==>> [#, chap. 2]
- % where # is a number determined by the ordering in the reference list.
- % The order in the reference list is that by which the works were originally
- %   cited in the text, or that in the database.
- %---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ENTRY
-  { address
-    author
-    booktitle
-    chapter
-    edition
-    editor
-    howpublished
-    institution
-    journal
-    key
-    month
-    note
-    number
-    organization
-    pages
-    publisher
-    school
-    series
-    title
-    type
-    url
-    volume
-    year
-  }
-  {}
-  { label }
-
-INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
-
-FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
-{ #0 'before.all :=
-  #1 'mid.sentence :=
-  #2 'after.sentence :=
-  #3 'after.block :=
-}
-
-STRINGS { s t }
-
-FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
-{ 's :=
-  output.state mid.sentence =
-    { ", " * write$ }
-    { output.state after.block =
-        { add.period$ write$
-          newline$
-          "\newblock " write$
-        }
-        { output.state before.all =
-            'write$
-            { add.period$ " " * write$ }
-          if$
-        }
-      if$
-      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
-    }
-  if$
-  s
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
-    'pop$
-    'output.nonnull
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.check}
-{ 't :=
-  duplicate$ empty$
-    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
-    'output.nonnull
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {fin.entry}
-{ add.period$
-  write$
-  newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block}
-{ output.state before.all =
-    'skip$
-    { after.block 'output.state := }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence}
-{ output.state after.block =
-    'skip$
-    { output.state before.all =
-        'skip$
-        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {add.blank}
-{  " " * before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {date.block}
-{
-  add.blank
-}
-
-FUNCTION {not}
-{   { #0 }
-    { #1 }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {and}
-{   'skip$
-    { pop$ #0 }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {or}
-{   { pop$ #1 }
-    'skip$
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
-{ empty$
-    'skip$
-    'new.block
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
-{ empty$
-  swap$ empty$
-  and
-    'skip$
-    'new.block
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
-{ empty$
-    'skip$
-    'new.sentence
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
-{ empty$
-  swap$ empty$
-  and
-    'skip$
-    'new.sentence
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {field.or.null}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
-    { pop$ "" }
-    'skip$
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {emphasize}
-{ skip$ }
-
-FUNCTION {capitalize}
-{ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ }
-
-FUNCTION {space.word}
-{ " " swap$ * " " * }
-
- % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words.
- % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word.
- % The language selected here is ENGLISH
-FUNCTION {bbl.and}
-{ "and"}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.etal}
-{ "et~al." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.editors}
-{ "Eds." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.editor}
-{ "Ed." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.edby}
-{ "edited by" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.edition}
-{ "Edition" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.volume}
-{ "Vol." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.of}
-{ "of" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.number}
-{ "no." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.nr}
-{ "no." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.in}
-{ "in" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.pages}
-{ "pp." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.page}
-{ "p." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}
-{ "Ch." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}
-{ "Tech. Rep." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}
-{ "Master's thesis" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}
-{ "Ph.D. thesis" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.first}
-{ "1st" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.second}
-{ "2nd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.third}
-{ "3rd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.fourth}
-{ "4th" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.fifth}
-{ "5th" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.st}
-{ "st" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.nd}
-{ "nd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.rd}
-{ "rd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.th}
-{ "th" }
-
-MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
-
-MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
-
-MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
-
-MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
-
-MACRO {may} {"May"}
-
-MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}
-
-MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}
-
-MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
-
-MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}
-
-MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
-
-MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
-
-MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
-
-FUNCTION {eng.ord}
-{ duplicate$ "1" swap$ *
-  #-2 #1 substring$ "1" =
-     { bbl.th * }
-     { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$
-       duplicate$ "1" =
-         { pop$ bbl.st * }
-         { duplicate$ "2" =
-             { pop$ bbl.nd * }
-             { "3" =
-                 { bbl.rd * }
-                 { bbl.th * }
-               if$
-             }
-           if$
-          }
-       if$
-     }
-   if$
-}
-
-MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
-
-MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
-
-MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
-
-MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
-
-MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
-
-MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
-
-MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
-
-MACRO {ieeetcad}
- {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
-
-MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
-
-MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
-
-MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
-
-MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
-
-MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
-
-MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
-
-MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
-
-MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
-
-FUNCTION {write.url}
-{ url empty$
-    { skip$ }
-    { "\newline\urlprefix\url{" url * "}" * write$ newline$ }
-  if$
-}
-
-
-INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
-
-FUNCTION {format.names}
-{ 's :=
-  #1 'nameptr :=
-  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
-  numnames 'namesleft :=
-    { namesleft #0 > }
-    { s nameptr
-      "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$
-    't :=
-      nameptr #1 >
-        {
-          namesleft #1 >
-            { ", " * t * }
-            {
-              "," *
-              s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
-                { 't := }
-                { pop$ }
-              if$
-              t "others" =
-                {
-                  " " * bbl.etal *
-                }
-                { " " * t * }
-              if$
-            }
-          if$
-        }
-        't
-      if$
-      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
-      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
-    }
-  while$
-}
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed}
-{ format.names }
-FUNCTION {format.authors}
-{ author empty$
-    { "" }
-    { author format.names }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.editors}
-{ editor empty$
-    { "" }
-    { editor format.names
-      editor num.names$ #1 >
-        { " (" * bbl.editors * ")" * }
-        { " (" * bbl.editor * ")" * }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.editors}
-{ editor empty$
-    { "" }
-    { editor format.names.ed
-      editor num.names$ #1 >
-        { " (" * bbl.editors * ")" * }
-        { " (" * bbl.editor * ")" * }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.note}
-{
- note empty$
-    { "" }
-    { note #1 #1 substring$
-      duplicate$ "{" =
-        'skip$
-        { output.state mid.sentence =
-          { "l" }
-          { "u" }
-        if$
-        change.case$
-        }
-      if$
-      note #2 global.max$ substring$ *
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.title}
-{ title empty$
-    { "" }
-    { title "t" change.case$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
-{ newline$
-  "\bibitem{" write$
-  cite$ write$
-  "}" write$
-  newline$
-  ""
-  before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {n.dashify}
-{
-  't :=
-  ""
-    { t empty$ not }
-    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
-        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
-            { "--" *
-              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
-            }
-            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
-                { "-" *
-                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
-                }
-              while$
-            }
-          if$
-        }
-        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
-          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-  while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {word.in}
-{ bbl.in
-  ":" *
-  " " * }
-
-FUNCTION {format.date}
-{ year empty$
-    { month empty$
-        { "" }
-        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
-          month
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-    { month empty$
-        'year
-        { month " " * year * }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-  duplicate$ empty$
-    'skip$
-    {
-      before.all 'output.state :=
-    " (" swap$ * ")" *
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION{format.year}
-{ year duplicate$ empty$
-    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ pop$ "" }
-    { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.btitle}
-{ title
-}
-
-FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
-{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
-    { "~" }
-    { " " }
-  if$
-  swap$ * *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {either.or.check}
-{ empty$
-    'pop$
-    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
-{ volume empty$
-    { "" }
-    { bbl.volume volume tie.or.space.connect
-      series empty$
-        'skip$
-        { bbl.of space.word * series emphasize * }
-      if$
-      "volume and number" number either.or.check
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.number.series}
-{ volume empty$
-    { number empty$
-        { series field.or.null }
-        { output.state mid.sentence =
-            { bbl.number }
-            { bbl.number capitalize }
-          if$
-          number tie.or.space.connect
-          series empty$
-            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
-            { bbl.in space.word * series * }
-          if$
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-    { "" }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {is.num}
-{ chr.to.int$
-  duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
-  swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
-}
-
-FUNCTION {extract.num}
-{ duplicate$ 't :=
-  "" 's :=
-  { t empty$ not }
-  { t #1 #1 substring$
-    t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
-    duplicate$ is.num
-      { s swap$ * 's := }
-      { pop$ "" 't := }
-    if$
-  }
-  while$
-  s empty$
-    'skip$
-    { pop$ s }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {convert.edition}
-{ edition extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
-  s "first" = s "1" = or
-    { bbl.first 't := }
-    { s "second" = s "2" = or
-        { bbl.second 't := }
-        { s "third" = s "3" = or
-            { bbl.third 't := }
-            { s "fourth" = s "4" = or
-                { bbl.fourth 't := }
-                { s "fifth" = s "5" = or
-                    { bbl.fifth 't := }
-                    { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
-                        { s eng.ord 't := }
-                        { edition 't := }
-                      if$
-                    }
-                  if$
-                }
-              if$
-            }
-          if$
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-  t
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.edition}
-{ edition empty$
-    { "" }
-    { output.state mid.sentence =
-        { convert.edition "l" change.case$ " " * bbl.edition * }
-        { convert.edition "t" change.case$ " " * bbl.edition * }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { multiresult }
-
-FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
-{ 't :=
-  #0 'multiresult :=
-    { multiresult not
-      t empty$ not
-      and
-    }
-    { t #1 #1 substring$
-      duplicate$ "-" =
-      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
-      swap$ "+" =
-      or or
-        { #1 'multiresult := }
-        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
-      if$
-    }
-  while$
-  multiresult
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.pages}
-{ pages empty$
-    { "" }
-    { pages multi.page.check
-        { bbl.pages pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
-        { bbl.page pages tie.or.space.connect }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.journal.pages}
-{ pages empty$
-    'skip$
-    { duplicate$ empty$
-        { pop$ format.pages }
-        {
-          " " *
-          format.year * " " *
-          pages n.dashify *
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
-{ volume field.or.null
-  number empty$
-    'skip$
-    {
-      "~(" number * ")" * *
-      volume empty$
-        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
-        'skip$
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
-{ chapter empty$
-    { "" }
-    { type empty$
-        { bbl.chapter }
-        { type "l" change.case$ }
-      if$
-      chapter tie.or.space.connect
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
-{ booktitle empty$
-    { "" }
-    { editor empty$
-        { word.in booktitle * }
-        { word.in format.in.editors * ", " *
-          booktitle * }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
-{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
-  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
-  and and and and and
-    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
-    'skip$
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
-{ type empty$
-    'skip$
-    { pop$
-      type "t" change.case$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
-{ type empty$
-    { bbl.techrep }
-    'type
-  if$
-  number empty$
-    { "t" change.case$ }
-    { number tie.or.space.connect }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
-{
-  key empty$
-    { journal empty$
-        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
-          warning$
-          ""
-        }
-        { word.in journal emphasize * }
-      if$
-    }
-    { word.in key * " " *}
-  if$
-  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
-{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
-  editor num.names$ duplicate$
-  #2 >
-    { pop$
-      " " * bbl.etal *
-    }
-    { #2 <
-        'skip$
-        { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
-            {
-              " " * bbl.etal *
-            }
-            { bbl.and space.word * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
-              * }
-          if$
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
-{ volume empty$
-    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
-      word.in
-    }
-    { bbl.volume volume tie.or.space.connect
-      bbl.of space.word *
-    }
-  if$
-  editor empty$
-  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
-  or
-    { key empty$
-        { series empty$
-            { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
-              crossref * warning$
-              "" *
-            }
-            { series emphasize * }
-          if$
-        }
-        { key * }
-      if$
-    }
-    { format.crossref.editor * }
-  if$
-  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
-{
-  editor empty$
-  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
-  or
-    { key empty$
-        { booktitle empty$
-            { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
-              crossref * warning$
-              ""
-            }
-            { word.in booktitle * }
-          if$
-        }
-        { word.in key * " " *}
-      if$
-    }
-    { word.in format.crossref.editor * " " *}
-  if$
-  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub}
-{ 't :=
-  ""
-  year empty$
-    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
-    'skip$
-  if$
-  address empty$ t empty$ and
-  year empty$ and
-    'skip$
-    {
-      t empty$
-        { address empty$
-          'skip$
-          { address * }
-          if$
-        }
-        { t *
-          address empty$
-            'skip$
-            { ", " * address * }
-          if$
-        }
-      if$
-      year empty$
-        'skip$
-        { t empty$ address empty$ and
-            'skip$
-            { ", " * }
-          if$
-          year *
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.publisher.address}
-{ publisher empty$
-    { "empty publisher in " cite$ * warning$
-      ""
-    }
-    { publisher }
-  if$
-  format.org.or.pub
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.organization.address}
-{ organization empty$
-    { "" }
-    { organization }
-  if$
-  format.org.or.pub
-}
-
-FUNCTION {article}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  crossref missing$
-    { journal
-      "journal" output.check
-      add.blank
-      format.vol.num.pages output
-    }
-    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
-      format.pages output
-    }
-  if$
-  format.journal.pages
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {book}
-{ output.bibitem
-  author empty$
-    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
-    }
-    { format.authors output.nonnull
-      crossref missing$
-        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
-        'skip$
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-  format.btitle "title" output.check
-  crossref missing$
-    { format.edition output
-      format.bvolume output
-      format.number.series output
-      format.publisher.address output
-    }
-    {
-      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
-    }
-  if$
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {booklet}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors output
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  howpublished output
-  address output
-  format.note output
-  format.date output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inbook}
-{ output.bibitem
-  author empty$
-    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
-    }
-    { format.authors output.nonnull
-      crossref missing$
-        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
-        'skip$
-      if$
-    }
-  if$
-  format.btitle "title" output.check
-  crossref missing$
-    {
-      format.edition output
-      format.bvolume output
-      format.number.series output
-      format.publisher.address output
-      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
-    }
-    {
-      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
-      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
-    }
-  if$
-  format.pages "pages" output.check
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {incollection}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  crossref missing$
-    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
-      format.edition output
-      format.bvolume output
-      format.number.series output
-      format.publisher.address output
-      format.chapter.pages output
-    }
-    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
-      format.chapter.pages output
-    }
-  if$
-  format.pages "pages" output.check
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inproceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  crossref missing$
-    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
-      format.edition output
-      format.bvolume output
-      format.number.series output
-      publisher empty$
-        { format.organization.address output }
-        { organization output
-          format.publisher.address output
-        }
-      if$
-%      format.pages output
-    }
-    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
-%      format.pages output
-    }
-  if$
-  format.pages "pages" output.check
-  format.note output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
-
-FUNCTION {manual}
-{ output.bibitem
-  author empty$
-    { organization empty$
-        'skip$
-        { organization output.nonnull
-          address output
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-    { format.authors output.nonnull }
-  if$
-  format.btitle "title" output.check
-  author empty$
-    { organization empty$
-    {
-          address output
-        }
-        'skip$
-      if$
-    }
-    {
-      organization output
-      address output
-    }
-  if$
-  format.edition output
-  format.note output
-  format.date output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  bbl.mthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull
-  school "school" output.check
-  address output
-  format.note output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {misc}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors output
-  format.title output
-  howpublished output
-  format.note output
-  format.date output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-  empty.misc.check
-}
-
-FUNCTION {phdthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  bbl.phdthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull
-  school "school" output.check
-  address output
-  format.note output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {proceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
-  editor empty$
-    { organization output }
-    { format.editors output.nonnull }
-  if$
-  format.btitle "title" output.check
-  format.bvolume output
-  format.number.series output
-  editor empty$
-    { publisher empty$
-        'skip$
-        {
-          format.publisher.address output
-        }
-      if$
-    }
-    { publisher empty$
-        {
-          format.organization.address output }
-        {
-          organization output
-          format.publisher.address output
-        }
-      if$
-     }
-  if$
-  format.note output
-%  format.date "year" output.check
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {techreport}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  format.tr.number output.nonnull
-  institution "institution" output.check
-  address output
-  format.note output
-  format.date "year" output.check
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {unpublished}
-{ output.bibitem
-  format.authors "author" output.check
-  format.title "title" output.check
-  format.note "note" output.check
-  format.date output
-  fin.entry
-  write.url
-}
-
-FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
-
-READ
-
-STRINGS { longest.label }
-
-INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
-
-FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
-{ "" 'longest.label :=
-  #1 'number.label :=
-  #0 'longest.label.width :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
-{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
-  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
-  label width$ longest.label.width >
-    { label 'longest.label :=
-      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
-    }
-    'skip$
-  if$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
-
-ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
-
-FUNCTION {begin.bib}
-{ preamble$ empty$
-    'skip$
-    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
-  if$
-  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" *
-  write$ newline$
-  "\expandafter\ifx\csname url\endcsname\relax"
-  write$ newline$
-  "  \def\url#1{\texttt{#1}}\fi"
-  write$ newline$
-  "\expandafter\ifx\csname urlprefix\endcsname\relax\def\urlprefix{URL }\fi"
-  write$ newline$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {begin.bib}
-
-EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
-
-ITERATE {call.type$}
-
-FUNCTION {end.bib}
-{ newline$
-  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {end.bib}
-%% End of customized bst file
-%%
-%% End of file `elsart-num.bst'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/README
index 12b9f1135eb..8a2f4df16d6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/README
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/README
@@ -1,40 +1,36 @@
-% This file is part of the Elsevier LaTeX package.
-% ------------------------------------------------
-% Version: 4
-% Date:     12 May 1998
+This is the Elsevier LaTeX package
+Last update: 18 July 2006
 
-Copyright (C) 1998 by Elsevier Science. All rights reserved.
+Versions
+========
 
-IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+class files: version 2.19, 01-05-2006
+documentation: 18-07-2006
 
-You are not allowed to change this README file.
+The latest version of this package can always be found at Elsevier's
+web site: http://www.elsevier.com/locate/latex.
 
-This the Elsevier LaTeX package. You need standard LaTeX 2e
-(December 1995 or later) or LaTeX version 2.09 of 14 January 1992, 
-if you want to use it.  The documentation is in the file 
-instraut.dvi / instraut.ps / instraut.pdf. If you want
-to process the dvi file you need AMSFonts v2.1. 
-The booklet can also be obtained, free of charge,
-from the publisher. 
+Requirements
+============
+Standard LaTeX 2e. Additional LaTeX packages are required for
+additional functionality.
 
-You should have the following files:
+Contained files
+===============
 
-README          The file you are reading now.
- 
-elsart.cls	The LaTeX2e class file
+The class file for preprint style: elsart.cls.
 
-elsart.sty      The main document style for LaTeX209. 
-                Copy this to the directory where all other .sty files are.
-
-elsart12.sty    The pointsize-related definitions for LaTeX209. 
- 		Copy this to the directory where all other .sty files are.
-
-instraut.dvi    Booklet containing instructions on how to prepare a 
-                file suitable for processing by Elsevier.
-
-instraut.ps     PostScript version of the booklet
-
-instraut.pdf     PDF version of the booklet
+The class files for journal layout style: elsart1p.cls, elsart3p.cls,
+elsart5p.cls. See the instructions for an explanation.
 
+For articles with Harvard style (author-year) references:
+instructions: instructions-harv.pdf,
+template file: template-harv.tex,
+the LaTeX file of the instructions: instructions-harv.tex.
 
+For articles with numbered references:
+instructions: instructions-num.pdf,
+template file: template-num.tex,
+the LaTeX file of the instructions: instructions-num.tex.
 
+Copyright (C) 1998-2006 by Elsevier B.V., The Netherlands
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instraut.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instraut.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index c7116304604..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instraut.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-harv.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-harv.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5b65d009538
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-harv.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-harv.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-harv.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c60219e226a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-harv.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,754 @@
+\documentclass{elsart}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\usepackage{graphicx,natbib,amssymb,lineno}
+\ifpdf
+\usepackage[%
+  pdftitle={Instructions for use of the document class
+    elsart},%
+  pdfauthor={Simon Pepping},%
+  pdfsubject={The preprint document class elsart},%
+  pdfkeywords={instructions for use, elsart, document class},%
+  pdfstartview=FitH,%
+  bookmarks=true,%
+  bookmarksopen=true,%
+  breaklinks=true,%
+  colorlinks=true,%
+  linkcolor=blue,anchorcolor=blue,%
+  citecolor=blue,filecolor=blue,%
+  menucolor=blue,pagecolor=blue,%
+  urlcolor=blue]{hyperref}
+\else
+\usepackage[%
+  breaklinks=true,%
+  colorlinks=true,%
+  linkcolor=blue,anchorcolor=blue,%
+  citecolor=blue,filecolor=blue,%
+  menucolor=blue,pagecolor=blue,%
+  urlcolor=blue]{hyperref}
+\fi
+
+\renewcommand\floatpagefraction{.2}
+\makeatletter
+\def\elsartstyle{%
+    \def\normalsize{\@setfontsize\normalsize\@xiipt{14.5}}
+    \def\small{\@setfontsize\small\@xipt{13.6}}
+    \let\footnotesize=\small
+    \def\large{\@setfontsize\large\@xivpt{18}}
+    \def\Large{\@setfontsize\Large\@xviipt{22}}
+    \skip\@mpfootins = 18\p@ \@plus 2\p@
+    \normalsize
+}
+\@ifundefined{square}{}{\let\Box\square}
+\makeatother
+
+\def\file#1{\texttt{#1}}
+
+\pagestyle{plain}
+\begin{document}
+
+\begin{frontmatter}
+\title{Instructions for use\\of the document class \file{elsart}}
+
+\author{Simon Pepping}
+\address{Elsevier, P.O. Box 103, 1000 AC Amsterdam,
+Netherlands}
+
+\ead{s.pepping@elsevier.com}
+\ead[url]{authors.elsevier.com/locate/latex}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+This article discusses several features of preparing articles
+with the \file{elsart} document style, using Harvard style bibliographic
+references.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{keyword}
+\file{elsart}, document class, instructions for use
+\PACS 01.30.$-$y
+\end{keyword}
+\end{frontmatter}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+\label{intro}
+
+This article discusses how to prepare articles with the \file{elsart}
+document class.  For more general information about \LaTeX{}, see the
+\LaTeX{} manual written by \citet{Lamp86}.
+
+Elsevier has prepared the following \LaTeX{} support files for
+authors:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The document class \file{elsart.cls}, which provides a preprint
+  layout.
+\item The document classes \file{elsart1p.cls}, \file{elsart3p.cls},
+  \file{elsart5p.cls}, which each provide a layout in one of
+  Elsevier's standard journal styles, called 1+, 3+ and 5+.
+\item The instructions for use of \file{elsart},
+  \file{instructions-harv} for use with a Harvard-style bibliography,
+  and \file{instructions-num} for use with a numbered style
+  bibliography.
+\item Template files for a quick start of your \LaTeX{} article with
+  \file{elsart},
+  \newline
+  \file{template-harv.tex} for use with a Harvard-style
+  bibliography, and
+  \newline
+  \file{template-num.tex} for use with a numbered
+  style bibliography.
+\item Styles for BibTeX, \file{elsart-harv.bst} for a Harvard-style
+  bibliography, and \file{elsart-num.bst} for a numbered style
+  bibliography.
+\end{itemize}
+The files are freely available from Elsevier's Author Gateway
+\url{http://authors.elsevier.com/locate/latex}. 
+
+On Elsevier's Author Gateway you will also find support files for CRC
+journal articles. Support for monographs or contributed book chapters
+may be obtained via the publisher of the book.
+
+Elsevier's \LaTeX{} support files can also be obtained from one of the
+servers of the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) in the
+directory\newline
+\href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/elsevier}%
+{\texttt{/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/elsevier}}. CTAN is a
+mirrored network of FTP servers, with the following web front ends:
+\href{http://www.tex.ac.uk}{\texttt{www.tex.ac.uk}},
+\href{http://www.dante.de/software/ctan}{\texttt{www.dante.de/software/ctan}}
+(in German) and \href{http://www.ctan.org}{\texttt{www.ctan.org}}. The
+network is widely mirrored, see
+\url{http://www.tug.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites}. It holds up-to-date
+copies of all the public-domain versions of \TeX, \LaTeX, Metafont and
+ancillary programs.
+
+Note that CTAN is not related to Elsevier, and that Elsevier's author
+support cannot accept complaints or answer questions about the
+availability of any CTAN server.
+
+The non-Elsevier macro packages recommended later in this document and
+many other useful macro packages can also be obtained from CTAN.
+
+In the following sections we show how you may use the \file{elsart}
+document class.
+
+\section{Options}
+
+The \file{elsart} document class enables the following options:
+
+\begin{description}
+  
+\item[doublespacing, reviewcopy] This is a single option with two
+  names to obtain double line spacing, as is sometimes required for
+  copies submitted for review.
+  
+\item[seceqn, secthm] The option \texttt{seceqn} numbers the equation
+  environments per section. The option \texttt{secthm} does the same
+  for the \texttt{thm} environment. In elsart all predefined theorem
+  environments except Algorithm, Note, Summary and Case use the same
+  counter as the \texttt{thm} environment.
+
+\item[draft, final] As in many other document classes, these are
+  options to produce draft and final layout. In the draft layout you
+  will see warnings for overfull boxes. You also need draft layout to
+  test your formulas on a narrower display width, see option
+  \texttt{narrowdisplay}.
+  
+\item[narrowdisplay] Many Elsevier journals print their text in two
+  columns. Because the preprint layout uses a larger line width
+  than such columns, the formulas are too wide for the line width in
+  print. In draft mode (see the \texttt{draft} option) you can use the
+  \texttt{narrowdisplay} option to force a narrower width for
+  displayed formulas. The width is roughly equal to the column width
+  of the printed journals, compensated for the larger font size of the
+  preprint layout. The \texttt{narrowdisplay} option is ineffective
+  with packages which redefine the equation environments, such as
+  \texttt{amsmath}.
+  
+  The \texttt{narrowdisplay} option is especially useful for journals
+  for which the articles are printed from the author's \LaTeX{} file.
+  This is the case for a number of mathematics journals. When you
+  break your formulas such that they fit in the narrow column width,
+  the typesetter will be able to retain most of your breaks. Article
+  for other journals are printed after transformation to an XML file.
+  For such journals the formula layout in the \LaTeX{} file is always
+  lost in the transformation.
+  
+  The narrow display width is obtained by giving the formulas a larger
+  indent. Too wide formulas in the one-line display environments
+  \texttt{equation} and \texttt{displaymath} will show an overfull
+  rule:
+  
+  \def\testformula{%
+    \sum_{i=0}^{\infty}A^n\int \mathrm{d}x\, \frac{F_n(x)}{A_n + B_n} =
+    B^n C^n \int\mathrm{d}x\,\int \mathrm{d}y\,
+    \frac{G_n(x,y)}{\mathcal{A}_n{x} + \mathcal{B}_n{y}}
+    }
+  \overfullrule 5pt
+  \mathindent\linewidth\relax
+  \advance\mathindent-259pt
+  \begin{equation}
+    \label{eq:1}
+    \testformula.
+  \end{equation}
+
+  This is not the case for the multiline display environment
+  \texttt{eqnarray}. But in both cases too wide formulas will extend
+  into the right margin, giving you visual feedback:
+
+  \begin{eqnarray}
+    \label{eq:2}
+    \testformula,\nonumber\\
+    \testformula.
+  \end{eqnarray}
+
+  When you switch off draft mode, the formulas will have their normal
+  indentation, and too wide formulas will no longer be signalled.
+
+\end{description}
+
+\section{Print layout}
+\label{printlayout}
+
+Elsevier also makes available a few document classes that roughly
+reproduce the layout of the printed journals. The majority of Elsevier
+journals use one of a small set of standard layouts. We have document
+classes for three of those layouts:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[elsart1p] text width 32 picas (134 mm), text height 47 lines,
+  one column.
+\item[elsart3p] text width 39 picas (164 mm), text height 51 lines,
+  one or two columns.
+\item[elsart5p] text width 43.5 picas (183 mm), text height 57 lines,
+  two columns.
+\end{description}
+
+These classes can be used in the same way as elsart. If you prepared
+an article for elsart, you can run it with one of these print layout
+classes without changes to the markup. In fact, they use elsart and
+you must have elsart on your system as well.
+
+Note that the layout is only roughly the same as that of the printed
+journal. One major source of differences is the font. The printer uses
+a different font with different character widths, which will cause
+deviations in layout. There are various other sources of small
+differences. You cannot use the layout of one of these classes to make
+claims on the final layout of your article.
+
+\section{Frontmatter}
+\label{frontmatter}
+
+The \texttt{elsart} document class has a separate 
+\texttt{frontmatter} environment for the title, authors, addresses,
+abstract and keywords.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \verb|\title|: As in standard \LaTeX, e.g. 
+\verb|\title{Model}|.
+\item \verb|\author|: Different from standard \LaTeX, the \verb|\author|
+command contains only one author and no address.
+Multiple authors go into multiple \verb|\author| commands,
+separated from each other by commas.
+The address goes into a separate 
+\verb|\address| command.
+Example: \verb|\author{D.E. Knuth}|.
+\item \verb|\address|: Here goes the address, e.g. 
+\verb|\address{CERN, Geneva}|.
+\item \verb|\thanks| and \verb|\thanksref|: 
+These provide footnotes to the title, authors and addresses. 
+The \verb|\thanksref| command takes a label: \verb|\thanksref{label}|
+to relate it to the \verb|\thanks| command with 
+the same label: \verb|\thanks[label]|. There can be several
+references to a single \verb|\thanks| command. Example:\\
+\verb|\title{Model\thanksref{titlefn}}| and\\
+\verb|\thanks[titlefn]{Supported by grants.}|
+\item \verb|\corauth| and \verb|\corauthref|: 
+These provide footnotes to mark the corresponding author and the
+correspondence address. They are used in the same manner as
+\verb|\thanks| and \verb|\thanksref|. Example:\\
+\verb|\author{A. Name\corauthref{cor}}| and\\
+\verb|\corauth[cor]{Corresponding author. Address: ... .}|
+\item \verb|\ead|:
+This command should be used for the email address or the URL of the
+author. It refers to the `current author', i.e., the author last
+mentioned before the command.
+When it holds a URL, this should be indicated by setting the
+optional argument to `url'. Example:
+\verb|\ead{s.pepping@elsevier.com}|,
+\verb|\ead[url]{authors.elsevier.com/locate/latex}|.
+\end{itemize}
+
+It is not necessary to give a \verb|\maketitle| command. The title,
+authors and addresses are printed as soon as \TeX{} sees them.
+
+The authors and addresses can be combined in one of two ways:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The simplest way lists the authors of one address or one group
+  of addresses, followed by the address or addresses, and so on for
+  all addresses or groups of addresses.
+\item The other way first lists all authors, and then all addresses.
+The authors and addresses are related to each other by labels:
+\verb|\author[label1]{Name1}| corresponds to
+\verb|\address[label1]{Address1}|. Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author[South]{T.R. Marsh},
+\author[Oxford]{S.R. Duck}
+\address[South]{University of Southampton, UK}
+\address[Oxford]{University of Oxford, UK}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{itemize}
+
+See the extensive examples in figs.
+\ref{ex:explinput}, \ref{ex:exploutput}, 
+\ref{ex:implinput}, \ref{ex:imploutput}.
+
+If you put the frontmatter in an included file, that file should
+contain the whole frontmatter, including its \texttt{begin} and
+\texttt{end} commands. Otherwise, the labels of the frontmatter will
+remain undefined.
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ex:explinput%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{figure}[p]
+
+\caption{Article opening with explicit links (input)} \label{ex:explinput}
+\vspace{1pc}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{elsart}
+\usepackage{graphicx,natbib,amssymb}
+\journal{New Astronomy}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{frontmatter}
+
+\title{Stroboscopic Doppler tomography of FO Aqr}
+\author[South]{T.R. Marsh\corauthref{cor}},
+\corauth[cor]{Corresponding author.}
+\ead{trm@astro.soton.ac.uk}
+
+\author[Oxford]{S.R. Duck\thanksref{now}}
+\thanks[now]{Present address: Systems Engineering and Assessment Ltd.,
+Beckington Castle, PO Box 800, Bath BA3 6TB, UK.}
+\ead{srd@sea.co.uk}
+
+\address[South]{University of Southampton, Department of Physics,
+Highfield, Southampton SO17 1BJ, UK} 
+\address[Oxford]{University of Oxford, Department of Physics, Nuclear
+Physics Laboratory, Keble Road, Oxford, OX1 3RH, UK}
+ 
+\begin{abstract} 
+FO Aqr is a close binary star in
+which a magnetic white dwarf accretes from a cool companion. Light
+curves and spectra show variations on the orbital frequency, the
+white dwarf's spin frequency and combinations of the two.
+\end{abstract}
+\begin{keyword}
+Accretion, accretion disks \sep Line: profiles \sep
+Binaries: close \sep Novae, cataclysmic variables 
+\PACS 97.10.Gz \sep 97.30.Qt \sep 97.80.Gm 
+\end{keyword}
+\end{frontmatter}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+FO Aqr is a member of the DQ~Her class of stars which
+are close binary stars in which a magnetic white dwarf accretes from
+a late-type main-sequence secondary star. These stars have most
+recently been reviewed by \citet{Patterson94}. 
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{figure}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ex:exploutput%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{figure}[p]
+\caption{Article opening with explicit links (output)\label{ex:exploutput}} 
+\vspace{1pc}
+
+\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+\elsartstyle
+\parskip 12pt
+%
+\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\fnsymbol{mpfootnote}}
+%
+\leftskip=2pc
+%
+\begin{center}
+{\LARGE Stroboscopic Doppler tomography of FO Aqr}\\[30pt]
+%
+\large
+T.R. Marsh$^{\mathrm{a},*}$,
+S.R. Duck$^{\mathrm{b},1}$\\[12pt]
+%
+\small\itshape
+$^a$University of Southampton, Department of Physics,\\
+Highfield, Southampton SO17 1BJ, UK\\
+$^b$University of Oxford, Department of Physics, Nuclear Physics\\
+Laboratory, Keble Road, Oxford, OX1 3RH, UK
+ 
+\end{center}
+
+\bigskip
+\leftskip=0pt
+
+\hrule\vskip 8pt
+\begin{small}
+{\bfseries Abstract}
+\parindent 1em
+
+FO Aqr is a close binary star in
+which a magnetic white dwarf accretes from a cool companion. Light
+curves and spectra show variations on the orbital frequency, the
+white dwarf's spin frequency and combinations of the two.
+
+\noindent\textit{Key words:}
+Accretion, accretion disks, Line: profiles,
+Binaries: close, Novae, cataclysmic variables\\
+\textit{PACS:} 97.10.Gz, 97.30.Qt, 97.80.Gm 
+\end{small}
+%
+\vskip 10pt\hrule 
+
+\leftskip=0pt
+
+\vspace{24pt}
+
+\textbf{Introduction}
+
+FO Aqr is a member of the DQ~Her class of stars which
+are close binary stars in which a magnetic white dwarf accretes from
+a late-type main-sequence secondary star. These stars have most
+recently been reviewed by Patterson (1994). 
+
+\begin{footnotesize}
+\leavevmode
+\rlap{$^*$}\hspace{1pc}Corresponding author.\\
+\rlap{$^1$}\hspace{1pc}Present address: Systems Engineering and
+Assessment Ltd., Beckington Castle, PO Box 800, Bath BA3 6TB, UK.\\
+\rlap{}\hspace{1pc}\textit{Email addresses:} trm@astro.soton.ac.uk
+(T.R. Marsh), srd@sea.co.uk (S.R. Duck).
+\end{footnotesize}
+
+\leavevmode\hbox to \hsize{\small\slshape Preprint submitted to New Astronomy
+\hfil 21 August 1997}
+
+\end{minipage}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\end{figure}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ex:implinput%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{figure}[p]
+\caption{Article opening with implicit links (input)\label{ex:implinput}}
+\vspace{1pc}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{elsart}
+
+\begin{document}
+\begin{frontmatter}
+\title{Integrability in
+       random matrix models\thanksref{talk}}
+\thanks[talk]{Expanded version of a talk
+  presented at the Singapore Meeting on
+  Particle Physics (Singapore, August 1990).}
+
+\author{L. Alvarez-Gaum\'{e}\corauthref{cor}}
+\address{Theory Division, CERN,
+  CH-1211 Geneva 23, Switzerland}
+\corauth[cor]{Corresponding author.}
+\ead{lag@cern.ch}
+
+\author{C. Gomez\corauthref{cor}\thanksref{SNSF}}
+\address{D\'{e}partment de Physique Th\'{e}orique, 
+  Universit\'{e} de Gen\`{e}ve,
+  CH-1211 Geneva 4, Switzerland}
+\ead{cg@ug.ch}
+
+\author{J. Lacki}
+\address{School of Natural Sciences,
+  Institute for Advanced Study,
+  Princeton, NJ 08540, USA}
+\ead[url]{www.ias.edu/~jl}
+\thanks[SNSF]{Supported by the
+  Swiss National Science Foundation}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+We prove the equivalence between the recent matrix
+model formulation of 2D gravity and lattice
+integrable models.  For even potentials this
+system is the Volterra hierarchy.
+\end{abstract}
+\end{frontmatter}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+Some aspects of the recently discovered
+non-perturbative solutions to non-critical strings
+\cite{Patterson94} can be better understood and
+clarified directly in terms of the integrability
+properties of the random matrix model.
+...
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{figure}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ex:imploutput%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{figure}[p]
+\caption{Article opening with implicit links (output)\label{ex:imploutput}}
+\vspace{1pc}
+
+\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+\elsartstyle
+%
+\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\fnstar{mpfootnote}}
+%
+\leftskip=2pc
+%
+\begin{center}
+{\LARGE Integrability in random matrix models$^\star$}\\[30pt]
+\footnotetext[1]{\upshape Expanded version of a talk presented at the
+Singapore Meeting on Particle Physics (Singapore, August 1990).}
+%
+\large
+L. Alvarez-Gaum\'{e}$^*$         \\[6pt]
+{\small\itshape Theory Division, CERN,
+  CH-1211 Geneva 23, Switzerland}\\[18pt]
+C. Gomez$^{*,1}$                   \\[6pt]
+{\small\itshape D\'{e}partment de Physique Th\'{e}orique, 
+  Universit\'{e} de Gen\`{e}ve,
+  CH-1211 Geneva 4, Switzerland} \\[15pt]
+J. Lacki                         \\[6pt]
+{\small\itshape School of Natural Sciences, Institute for Advanced Study,
+  Princeton, NJ 08540, USA}
+% BW:
+\end{center}
+%
+\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\astsymbol{mpfootnote}}
+\footnotetext[1]{Corresponding author.}
+\setbox0=\hbox{\footnotesize 1}
+\edef\thempfootnote{\hskip\wd0}
+\footnotetext[0]{\textit{Email adresses:} lag@cern.ch
+  (L. Alvarez-Gaum\'{e}), cg@ug.ch (C. Gomez).}
+\footnotetext[1]{\textit{URL:} www.ias.edu/\~{ }jl (J. Lacki).}
+\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}
+\footnotetext[1]{Supported by the Swiss National Science Foundation}
+
+\bigskip
+\leftskip=0pt
+
+\hrule\vskip 8pt
+\begin{small}
+{\bfseries Abstract}
+\parindent 1em
+
+We prove the equivalence between the recent matrix model
+formulation of 2D gravity and lattice integrable models. For even
+potentials this system is the Volterra hierarchy.\par
+\end{small}
+\vskip 10pt\hrule 
+
+\medskip
+
+\section*{1. Introduction}
+
+Some aspects of the recently discovered non-perturbative
+solutions to non-critical strings (Patterson, 1994) can be better
+understood and clarified directly in terms of the
+integrability properties of the random matrix model.
+
+...
+\end{minipage}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\end{figure}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% end of figures %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\section{Abstract}
+
+The abstract should be self-contained. Therefore, do not refer to the
+list of references. Instead, quote the reference in full, as follows:
+Wettig \& Brown (1996, NewA, 1, 17).
+
+\section{Keywords}
+\label{keywd}
+\enlargethispage*{2.5pc}
+
+In electronic publications a proper classification is more important
+than ever. Elsevier's physics journals use several keyword
+schemes:\ 
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[Keywords:] Uncontrolled keywords.
+\item[PACS:] The PACS scheme, developed and maintained by the AIP,
+covers the whole field of Physics.
+See \url{http://www.aip.org/pacs/pacs.html}
+or \url{http://www.elsevier.com/locate/pacs}.
+\item[MSC:] The MSC scheme, developed and maintained by the AMS,
+covers the whole field of Mathematics.
+See \url{http://www.ams.org/msc}
+or \url{http://www.elsevier.com/locate/msc}.
+\end{description}
+
+Keywords are entered below the abstract in the following way:
+\pagebreak[4]
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{keyword}
+Keyword \sep Keyword
+\PACS PACS code \sep PACS code
+\MSC MSC code \sep MSC code
+\end{keyword}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Cross-references}
+\label{xrefs}
+
+In electronic publications articles may be internally hyperlinked.
+Hyperlinks are generated from proper cross-references in the article.
+
+For example, the words Fig. 1 will never be more than simple text,
+whereas the proper cross-reference \verb|\ref{mapfigure}| may be
+turned into a hyperlink to the figure itself.
+
+In the same way, the words Governato et al. (1997) will fail to
+turn into a hyperlink; the proper cross-reference is 
+\verb|\citet{Gea97}|.
+
+Cross-referencing is possible in \LaTeX{} for sections, subsections,
+formulae, figures, tables, and literature references.
+
+\section{PostScript figures}
+\label{psfigs}
+
+\LaTeX{} and PostScript have had a long and successful relationship.
+There are three packages for including PostScript figures:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \texttt{graphics}.
+This simple package provides the command\\
+\verb|\includegraphics*[<llx,lly>][<urx,ury>]{file}|.
+The \texttt{*} is optional; it enables the PostScript feature of clipping.
+In its simplest form,\\
+\verb|\includegraphics{file}|,
+it includes the figure in the PostScript file \texttt{file}
+without resizing.
+\item \texttt{graphicx}.
+This package provides the command\\
+\verb|\includegraphics*[key--value list]{file}|.
+The \texttt{*} is optional; it enables the PostScript feature of clipping.
+Often used keys are:
+\def\labelitemii{--}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \texttt{scale=.40} to scale the size of the figure with 40\%,
+\item \texttt{width=25pc}, \texttt{height=15pc} to set the width or
+height of the figure,
+\item \texttt{angle=90} to rotate the figure over $90^\circ$.
+\end{itemize}
+\item \texttt{epsfig}.
+This package is really the \texttt{graphicx} package,
+but it allows one to include PostScript figures using 
+the familiar commands from 
+the earlier packages \texttt{epsfig} and \texttt{psfig}.
+\end{itemize}
+For detailed information, see the documentation of the \texttt{graphics}
+packages, in particular the file \texttt{grfguide.tex}.
+\begin{figure}
+\leftmargin=2pc
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\begin{center}
+\includegraphics*[width=5cm]{name.eps}
+\end{center}
+\caption{An example of a figure.}
+\label{fig:exmp}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim} 
+\caption{An example of a figure.}
+\label{fig:exmp}
+\end{figure}
+
+\section{Mathematical symbols}
+\label{symbols}
+
+Many physics authors require more mathematical symbols than the
+few that are provided in standard \LaTeX. A useful package for
+additional symbols is the \texttt{amssymb} package, developed by the American
+Mathematical Society.  This package includes such oft used symbols as
+\verb|\lesssim| for $\lesssim$, \verb|\gtrsim| for $\gtrsim$ or
+\verb|\hbar| for $\hbar$.  Note that your \TeX{} system should have
+the \texttt{msam} and \texttt{msbm} fonts installed.
+If you need only a few symbols, such as \verb|\Box| for $\Box$,
+you might try the package \texttt{latexsym}.
+
+In the \texttt{elsart} document class vectors are preferably coded as 
+\verb|\vec{a}| instead of \verb|\bf{a}| or \verb|\pol{a}|.
+
+\section{Line numbering}
+\label{linenumbering}
+
+\begin{linenumbers}
+Reviewing an electronic version of an article has many
+advantages. However, reviewers have a harder task indicating remarks
+and desired changes to the article. Their task is made easier if the
+lines of the article are numbered. \LaTeX's \texttt{lineno} package
+performs this task. It is compatible with \texttt{elsart}.
+\end{linenumbers}
+
+\section{The Bibliography}
+\label{thebib}
+
+In \LaTeX{} literature references are listed in the
+\verb|thebibliography| environment. Each reference is a
+\verb|\bibitem|; each \verb|\bibitem| is identified by a label, by
+which it can be cited in the text:
+\verb|\bibitem[Elson et al.(1996)]{ESG96}|
+is cited as \verb|\citet{ESG96}|. In connection
+with cross-referencing and possible future hyperlinking it is not a
+good idea to collect more that one literature item in one
+\verb|\bibitem|.
+
+The so-called Harvard or author-year style of referencing is enabled by
+the \LaTeX{} package \texttt{natbib}. With this package the
+literature can be cited as follows:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Parenthetical: \verb|\citep{WB96}| produces \citep{WB96}.
+\item Textual: \verb|\citet{ESG96}| produces \citet{ESG96}.
+\item An affix and part of a reference:
+   \verb|\citep[e.g.][Ch. 2]{Gea97}|
+   produces \citep[e.g.][Ch. 2]{Gea97}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{Template article}
+\label{templart}
+
+There is a template article \file{templat-harv.tex}, which you can use as a
+skeleton for your own article. It is available from Elsevier's Author
+Gateway, \url{http://authors.elsevier.com/locate/latex}.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{}
+
+\bibitem[Lamport(1986)]{Lamp86}
+Leslie Lamport: \LaTeX, {\em A document preparation system},
+2nd edition, Addison-Wesley (Reading, Massachusetts, 1994).
+
+\bibitem[Wettig \& Brown(1996)]{WB96}
+Wettig, T., \& Brown, G.E.,
+The evolution of relativistic binary pulsars,
+1996, NewA, 1, 17-34.
+
+\bibitem[Elson et al.(1996)]{ESG96}
+Elson, R.A.W., Santiago, B.X., \& Gilmore, G.F.,
+Halo stars, starbursts, and distant globular clusters:
+A survey of unresolved objects in the Hubble Deep Field,
+1996, NewA, 1, 1-16.
+% (\url{http://www.elsevier.com/PII/S1384107696000061})
+
+\bibitem[Governato et al.(1997)]{Gea97}
+Governato, F., Moore, B., Cen, R., Stadel, J., Lake, G., \& Quinn, T.,
+The Local Group as a test of cosmological models,
+1997, NewA 2, 91-106.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-num.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-num.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8a42c272f76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-num.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-num.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-num.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..48de5c0e93b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-num.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,774 @@
+\documentclass{elsart}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\usepackage{graphicx,amssymb,lineno}
+\ifpdf
+\usepackage[%
+  pdftitle={Instructions for use of the document class
+    elsart},%
+  pdfauthor={Simon Pepping},%
+  pdfsubject={The preprint document class elsart},%
+  pdfkeywords={instructions for use, elsart, document class},%
+  pdfstartview=FitH,%
+  bookmarks=true,%
+  bookmarksopen=true,%
+  breaklinks=true,%
+  colorlinks=true,%
+  linkcolor=blue,anchorcolor=blue,%
+  citecolor=blue,filecolor=blue,%
+  menucolor=blue,pagecolor=blue,%
+  urlcolor=blue]{hyperref}
+\else
+\usepackage[%
+  breaklinks=true,%
+  colorlinks=true,%
+  linkcolor=blue,anchorcolor=blue,%
+  citecolor=blue,filecolor=blue,%
+  menucolor=blue,pagecolor=blue,%
+  urlcolor=blue]{hyperref}
+\fi
+
+\renewcommand\floatpagefraction{.2}
+\makeatletter
+\def\elsartstyle{%
+    \def\normalsize{\@setfontsize\normalsize\@xiipt{14.5}}
+    \def\small{\@setfontsize\small\@xipt{13.6}}
+    \let\footnotesize=\small
+    \def\large{\@setfontsize\large\@xivpt{18}}
+    \def\Large{\@setfontsize\Large\@xviipt{22}}
+    \skip\@mpfootins = 18\p@ \@plus 2\p@
+    \normalsize
+}
+\@ifundefined{square}{}{\let\Box\square}
+\makeatother
+
+\def\file#1{\texttt{#1}}
+
+\pagestyle{plain}
+\begin{document}
+
+\begin{frontmatter}
+\title{Instructions for use\\of the document class \file{elsart}}
+
+\author{Simon Pepping}
+\address{Elsevier, P.O. Box 103, 1000 AC Amsterdam,
+Netherlands}
+
+\ead{s.pepping@elsevier.com}
+\ead[url]{authors.elsevier.com/locate/latex}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+This article discusses several features of preparing articles
+with the \file{elsart} document style, using numbered style bibliographic
+references.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{keyword}
+\file{elsart}, document class, instructions for use
+\PACS 01.30.$-$y
+\end{keyword}
+\end{frontmatter}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+\label{intro}
+
+This article discusses how to prepare articles with the \file{elsart}
+document class.  For more general information about \LaTeX{}, see the
+\LaTeX{} manual written by Lamport \cite{Lamp86}.
+
+Elsevier has prepared the following \LaTeX{} support files for
+authors:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The document class \file{elsart.cls}, which provides a preprint
+  layout.
+\item The document classes \file{elsart1p.cls}, \file{elsart3p.cls},
+  \file{elsart5p.cls}, which each provide a layout in one of
+  Elsevier's standard journal styles, called 1+, 3+ and 5+.
+\item The instructions for use of \file{elsart},
+  \file{instructions-harv} for use with a Harvard-style bibliography,
+  and \file{instructions-num} for use with a numbered style
+  bibliography.
+\item Template files for a quick start of your \LaTeX{} article with
+  \file{elsart},
+  \newline
+  \file{template-harv.tex} for use with a Harvard-style
+  bibliography, and
+  \newline
+  \file{template-num.tex} for use with a numbered
+  style bibliography.
+\item Styles for BibTeX, \file{elsart-harv.bst} for a Harvard-style
+  bibliography, and \file{elsart-num.bst} for a numbered style
+  bibliography.
+\end{itemize}
+The files are freely available from Elsevier's Author Gateway
+\url{http://authors.elsevier.com/locate/latex}. 
+
+On Elsevier's Author Gateway you will also find support files for CRC
+journal articles. Support for monographs or contributed book chapters
+may be obtained via the publisher of the book.
+
+Elsevier's \LaTeX{} support files can also be obtained from one of the
+servers of the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) in the
+directory\newline
+\href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/elsevier}%
+{\texttt{/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/elsevier}}. CTAN is a
+mirrored network of FTP servers, with the following web front ends:
+\href{http://www.tex.ac.uk}{\texttt{www.tex.ac.uk}},
+\href{http://www.dante.de/software/ctan}{\texttt{www.dante.de/software/ctan}}
+(in German) and \href{http://www.ctan.org}{\texttt{www.ctan.org}}. The
+network is widely mirrored, see
+\url{http://www.tug.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites}. It holds up-to-date
+copies of all the public-domain versions of \TeX, \LaTeX, Metafont and
+ancillary programs.
+
+Note that CTAN is not related to Elsevier, and that Elsevier's author
+support cannot accept complaints or answer questions about the
+availability of any CTAN server.
+
+The non-Elsevier macro packages recommended later in this document and
+many other useful macro packages can also be obtained from CTAN.
+
+In the following sections we show how you may use the \file{elsart}
+document class.
+
+\section{Options}
+
+The \file{elsart} document class enables the following options:
+
+\begin{description}
+  
+\item[doublespacing, reviewcopy] This is a single option with two
+  names to obtain double line spacing, as is sometimes required for
+  copies submitted for review.
+  
+\item[seceqn, secthm] The option \texttt{seceqn} numbers the equation
+  environments per section. The option \texttt{secthm} does the same
+  for the \texttt{thm} environment. In elsart all predefined theorem
+  environments except Algorithm, Note, Summary and Case use the same
+  counter as the \texttt{thm} environment.
+
+\item[draft, final] As in many other document classes, these are
+  options to produce draft and final layout. In the draft layout you
+  will see warnings for overfull boxes. You also need draft layout to
+  test your formulas on a narrower display width, see option
+  \texttt{narrowdisplay}.
+  
+\item[narrowdisplay] Many Elsevier journals print their text in two
+  columns. Because the preprint layout uses a larger line width
+  than such columns, the formulas are too wide for the line width in
+  print. In draft mode (see the \texttt{draft} option) you can use the
+  \texttt{narrowdisplay} option to force a narrower width for
+  displayed formulas. The width is roughly equal to the column width
+  of the printed journals, compensated for the larger font size of the
+  preprint layout. The \texttt{narrowdisplay} option is ineffective
+  with packages which redefine the equation environments, such as
+  \texttt{amsmath}.
+  
+  The \texttt{narrowdisplay} option is especially useful for journals
+  for which the articles are printed from the author's \LaTeX{} file.
+  This is the case for a number of mathematics journals. When you
+  break your formulas such that they fit in the narrow column width,
+  the typesetter will be able to retain most of your breaks. Article
+  for other journals are printed after transformation to an XML file.
+  For such journals the formula layout in the \LaTeX{} file is always
+  lost in the transformation.
+  
+  The narrow display width is obtained by giving the formulas a larger
+  indent. Too wide formulas in the one-line display environments
+  \texttt{equation} and \texttt{displaymath} will show an overfull
+  rule:
+  
+  \def\testformula{%
+    \sum_{i=0}^{\infty}A^n\int \mathrm{d}x\, \frac{F_n(x)}{A_n + B_n} =
+    B^n C^n \int\mathrm{d}x\,\int \mathrm{d}y\,
+    \frac{G_n(x,y)}{\mathcal{A}_n{x} + \mathcal{B}_n{y}}
+    }
+  \overfullrule 5pt
+  \mathindent\linewidth\relax
+  \advance\mathindent-259pt
+  \begin{equation}
+    \label{eq:1}
+    \testformula.
+  \end{equation}
+
+  This is not the case for the multiline display environment
+  \texttt{eqnarray}. But in both cases too wide formulas will extend
+  into the right margin, giving you visual feedback:
+
+  \begin{eqnarray}
+    \label{eq:2}
+    \testformula,\nonumber\\
+    \testformula.
+  \end{eqnarray}
+
+  When you switch off draft mode, the formulas will have their normal
+  indentation, and too wide formulas will no longer be signalled.
+
+\end{description}
+
+\section{Print layout}
+\label{printlayout}
+
+Elsevier also makes available a few document classes that roughly
+reproduce the layout of the printed journals. The majority of Elsevier
+journals use one of a small set of standard layouts. We have document
+classes for three of those layouts:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[elsart1p] text width 32 picas (134 mm), text height 47 lines,
+  one column.
+\item[elsart3p] text width 39 picas (164 mm), text height 51 lines,
+  one or two columns.
+\item[elsart5p] text width 43.5 picas (183 mm), text height 57 lines,
+  two columns.
+\end{description}
+
+These classes can be used in the same way as elsart. If you prepared
+an article for elsart, you can run it with one of these print layout
+classes without changes to the markup. In fact, they use elsart and
+you must have elsart on your system as well.
+
+Note that the layout is only roughly the same as that of the printed
+journal. One major source of differences is the font. The printer uses
+a different font with different character widths, which will cause
+deviations in layout. There are various other sources of small
+differences. You cannot use the layout of one of these classes to make
+claims on the final layout of your article.
+
+\section{Frontmatter}
+\label{frontmatter}
+
+The \texttt{elsart} document class has a separate 
+\texttt{frontmatter} environment for the title, authors, addresses,
+abstract and keywords.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \verb|\title|: As in standard \LaTeX, e.g. 
+\verb|\title{Model}|.
+\item \verb|\author|: Different from standard \LaTeX, the \verb|\author|
+command contains only one author and no address.
+Multiple authors go into multiple \verb|\author| commands,
+separated from each other by commas.
+The address goes into a separate 
+\verb|\address| command.
+Example: \verb|\author{D.E. Knuth}|.
+\item \verb|\address|: Here goes the address, e.g. 
+\verb|\address{CERN, Geneva}|.
+\item \verb|\thanks| and \verb|\thanksref|: 
+These provide footnotes to the title, authors and addresses. 
+The \verb|\thanksref| command takes a label: \verb|\thanksref{label}|
+to relate it to the \verb|\thanks| command with 
+the same label: \verb|\thanks[label]|. There can be several
+references to a single \verb|\thanks| command. Example:\\
+\verb|\title{Model\thanksref{titlefn}}| and\\
+\verb|\thanks[titlefn]{Supported by grants.}|
+\item \verb|\corauth| and \verb|\corauthref|: 
+These provide footnotes to mark the corresponding author and the
+correspondence address. They are used in the same manner as
+\verb|\thanks| and \verb|\thanksref|. Example:\\
+\verb|\author{A. Name\corauthref{cor}}| and\\
+\verb|\corauth[cor]{Corresponding author. Address: ... .}|
+\item \verb|\ead|:
+This command should be used for the email address or the URL of the
+author. It refers to the `current author', i.e., the author last
+mentioned before the command.
+When it holds a URL, this should be indicated by setting the
+optional argument to `url'. Example:
+\verb|\ead{s.pepping@elsevier.com}|,
+\verb|\ead[url]{authors.elsevier.com/locate/latex}|.
+\end{itemize}
+
+It is not necessary to give a \verb|\maketitle| command. The title,
+authors and addresses are printed as soon as \TeX{} sees them.
+
+The authors and addresses can be combined in one of two ways:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The simplest way lists the authors of one address or one group
+  of addresses, followed by the address or addresses, and so on for
+  all addresses or groups of addresses.
+\item The other way first lists all authors, and then all addresses.
+The authors and addresses are related to each other by labels:
+\verb|\author[label1]{Name1}| corresponds to
+\verb|\address[label1]{Address1}|. Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author[South]{T.R. Marsh},
+\author[Oxford]{S.R. Duck}
+\address[South]{University of Southampton, UK}
+\address[Oxford]{University of Oxford, UK}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{itemize}
+
+See the extensive examples in figs.
+\ref{ex:explinput}, \ref{ex:exploutput}, 
+\ref{ex:implinput}, \ref{ex:imploutput}.
+
+If you put the frontmatter in an included file, that file should
+contain the whole frontmatter, including its \texttt{begin} and
+\texttt{end} commands. Otherwise, the labels of the frontmatter will
+remain undefined.
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ex:explinput%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{figure}[p]
+
+\caption{Article opening with explicit links (input)} \label{ex:explinput}
+\vspace{1pc}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{elsart}
+\usepackage{graphicx,amssymb}
+\journal{New Astronomy}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{frontmatter}
+
+\title{Stroboscopic Doppler tomography of FO Aqr}
+\author[South]{T.R. Marsh\corauthref{cor}},
+\corauth[cor]{Corresponding author.}
+\ead{trm@astro.soton.ac.uk}
+
+\author[Oxford]{S.R. Duck\thanksref{now}}
+\thanks[now]{Present address: Systems Engineering and Assessment Ltd.,
+Beckington Castle, PO Box 800, Bath BA3 6TB, UK.}
+\ead{srd@sea.co.uk}
+
+\address[South]{University of Southampton, Department of Physics,
+Highfield, Southampton SO17 1BJ, UK} 
+\address[Oxford]{University of Oxford, Department of Physics, Nuclear
+Physics Laboratory, Keble Road, Oxford, OX1 3RH, UK}
+ 
+\begin{abstract} 
+FO Aqr is a close binary star in
+which a magnetic white dwarf accretes from a cool companion. Light
+curves and spectra show variations on the orbital frequency, the
+white dwarf's spin frequency and combinations of the two.
+\end{abstract}
+\begin{keyword}
+Accretion, accretion disks \sep Line: profiles \sep
+Binaries: close \sep Novae, cataclysmic variables 
+\PACS 97.10.Gz \sep 97.30.Qt \sep 97.80.Gm 
+\end{keyword}
+\end{frontmatter}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+FO Aqr is a member of the DQ~Her class of stars which
+are close binary stars in which a magnetic white dwarf accretes from
+a late-type main-sequence secondary star. These stars have most
+recently been reviewed in Ref. \cite{Patterson94}. 
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{figure}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ex:exploutput%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{figure}[p]
+\caption{Article opening with explicit links (output)\label{ex:exploutput}} 
+\vspace{1pc}
+
+\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+\elsartstyle
+\parskip 12pt
+%
+\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\fnsymbol{mpfootnote}}
+%
+\leftskip=2pc
+%
+\begin{center}
+{\LARGE Stroboscopic Doppler tomography of FO Aqr}\\[30pt]
+%
+\large
+T.R. Marsh$^{\mathrm{a},*}$,
+S.R. Duck$^{\mathrm{b},1}$\\[12pt]
+%
+\small\itshape
+$^a$University of Southampton, Department of Physics,\\
+Highfield, Southampton SO17 1BJ, UK\\
+$^b$University of Oxford, Department of Physics, Nuclear Physics\\
+Laboratory, Keble Road, Oxford, OX1 3RH, UK
+ 
+\end{center}
+
+\bigskip
+\leftskip=0pt
+
+\hrule\vskip 8pt
+\begin{small}
+{\bfseries Abstract}
+\parindent 1em
+
+FO Aqr is a close binary star in
+which a magnetic white dwarf accretes from a cool companion. Light
+curves and spectra show variations on the orbital frequency, the
+white dwarf's spin frequency and combinations of the two.
+
+\noindent\textit{Key words:}
+Accretion, accretion disks, Line: profiles,
+Binaries: close, Novae, cataclysmic variables\\
+\textit{PACS:} 97.10.Gz, 97.30.Qt, 97.80.Gm 
+\end{small}
+%
+\vskip 10pt\hrule 
+
+\leftskip=0pt
+
+\vspace{24pt}
+
+\textbf{Introduction}
+
+FO Aqr is a member of the DQ~Her class of stars which
+are close binary stars in which a magnetic white dwarf accretes from
+a late-type main-sequence secondary star. These stars have most
+recently been reviewed in Ref. [1]. 
+
+\begin{footnotesize}
+\leavevmode
+\rlap{$^*$}\hspace{1pc}Corresponding author.\\
+\rlap{$^1$}\hspace{1pc}Present address: Systems Engineering and
+Assessment Ltd., Beckington Castle, PO Box 800, Bath BA3 6TB, UK.\\
+\rlap{}\hspace{1pc}\textit{Email addresses:} trm@astro.soton.ac.uk
+(T.R. Marsh), srd@sea.co.uk (S.R. Duck).
+\end{footnotesize}
+
+\leavevmode\hbox to \hsize{\small\slshape Preprint submitted to New Astronomy
+\hfil 21 August 1997}
+
+\end{minipage}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\end{figure}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ex:implinput%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{figure}[p]
+\caption{Article opening with implicit links (input)\label{ex:implinput}}
+\vspace{1pc}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{elsart}
+
+\begin{document}
+\begin{frontmatter}
+\title{Integrability in
+       random matrix models\thanksref{talk}}
+\thanks[talk]{Expanded version of a talk
+  presented at the Singapore Meeting on
+  Particle Physics (Singapore, August 1990).}
+
+\author{L. Alvarez-Gaum\'{e}\corauthref{cor}}
+\address{Theory Division, CERN,
+  CH-1211 Geneva 23, Switzerland}
+\corauth[cor]{Corresponding author.}
+\ead{lag@cern.ch}
+
+\author{C. Gomez\corauthref{cor}\thanksref{SNSF}}
+\address{D\'{e}partment de Physique Th\'{e}orique, 
+  Universit\'{e} de Gen\`{e}ve,
+  CH-1211 Geneva 4, Switzerland}
+\ead{cg@ug.ch}
+
+\author{J. Lacki}
+\address{School of Natural Sciences,
+  Institute for Advanced Study,
+  Princeton, NJ 08540, USA}
+\ead[url]{www.ias.edu/~jl}
+\thanks[SNSF]{Supported by the
+  Swiss National Science Foundation}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+We prove the equivalence between the recent matrix
+model formulation of 2D gravity and lattice
+integrable models.  For even potentials this
+system is the Volterra hierarchy.
+\end{abstract}
+\end{frontmatter}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+Some aspects of the recently discovered
+non-perturbative solutions to non-critical strings
+\cite{Patterson94} can be better understood and
+clarified directly in terms of the integrability
+properties of the random matrix model.
+...
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{figure}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ex:imploutput%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{figure}[p]
+\caption{Article opening with implicit links (output)\label{ex:imploutput}}
+\vspace{1pc}
+
+\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+\elsartstyle
+%
+\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\fnstar{mpfootnote}}
+%
+\leftskip=2pc
+%
+\begin{center}
+{\LARGE Integrability in random matrix models$^\star$}\\[30pt]
+\footnotetext[1]{\upshape Expanded version of a talk presented at the
+Singapore Meeting on Particle Physics (Singapore, August 1990).}
+%
+\large
+L. Alvarez-Gaum\'{e}$^*$         \\[6pt]
+{\small\itshape Theory Division, CERN,
+  CH-1211 Geneva 23, Switzerland}\\[18pt]
+C. Gomez$^{*,1}$                   \\[6pt]
+{\small\itshape D\'{e}partment de Physique Th\'{e}orique, 
+  Universit\'{e} de Gen\`{e}ve,
+  CH-1211 Geneva 4, Switzerland} \\[15pt]
+J. Lacki                         \\[6pt]
+{\small\itshape School of Natural Sciences, Institute for Advanced Study,
+  Princeton, NJ 08540, USA}
+% BW:
+\end{center}
+%
+\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\astsymbol{mpfootnote}}
+\footnotetext[1]{Corresponding author.}
+\setbox0=\hbox{\footnotesize 1}
+\edef\thempfootnote{\hskip\wd0}
+\footnotetext[0]{\textit{Email adresses:} lag@cern.ch
+  (L. Alvarez-Gaum\'{e}), cg@ug.ch (C. Gomez).}
+\footnotetext[1]{\textit{URL:} www.ias.edu/\~{ }jl (J. Lacki).}
+\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}
+\footnotetext[1]{Supported by the Swiss National Science Foundation}
+
+\bigskip
+\leftskip=0pt
+
+\hrule\vskip 8pt
+\begin{small}
+{\bfseries Abstract}
+\parindent 1em
+
+We prove the equivalence between the recent matrix model
+formulation of 2D gravity and lattice integrable models. For even
+potentials this system is the Volterra hierarchy.\par
+\end{small}
+\vskip 10pt\hrule 
+
+\medskip
+
+\section*{1. Introduction}
+
+Some aspects of the recently discovered non-perturbative
+solutions to non-critical strings [1] can be better
+understood and clarified directly in terms of the
+integrability properties of the random matrix model.
+
+...
+\end{minipage}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\end{figure}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% end of figures %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\section{Abstract}
+
+The abstract should be self-contained. Therefore, do not refer to the
+list of references. Instead, quote the reference in full, as follows:
+Wettig \& Brown (1996, NewA, 1, 17).
+
+\section{Keywords}
+\label{keywd}
+\enlargethispage*{2.5pc}
+
+In electronic publications a proper classification is more important
+than ever. Elsevier's physics journals use several keyword
+schemes:\ 
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[Keywords:] Uncontrolled keywords.
+\item[PACS:] The PACS scheme, developed and maintained by the AIP,
+covers the whole field of Physics.
+See \url{http://www.aip.org/pacs/pacs.html}
+or \url{http://www.elsevier.com/locate/pacs}.
+\item[MSC:] The MSC scheme, developed and maintained by the AMS,
+covers the whole field of Mathematics.
+See \url{http://www.ams.org/msc}
+or \url{http://www.elsevier.com/locate/msc}.
+\end{description}
+
+Keywords are entered below the abstract in the following way:
+\pagebreak[4]
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{keyword}
+Keyword \sep Keyword
+\PACS PACS code \sep PACS code
+\MSC MSC code \sep MSC code
+\end{keyword}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Cross-references}
+\label{xrefs}
+
+In electronic publications articles may be internally hyperlinked.
+Hyperlinks are generated from proper cross-references in the article.
+
+For example, the words Fig. 1 will never be more than simple text,
+whereas the proper cross-reference \verb|\ref{mapfigure}| may be
+turned into a hyperlink to the figure itself.
+
+In the same way, the words Ref. [1] will fail to
+turn into a hyperlink; the proper cross-reference is 
+\verb|\cite{Gea97}|.
+
+Cross-referencing is possible in \LaTeX{} for sections, subsections,
+formulae, figures, tables, and literature references.
+
+\section{PostScript figures}
+\label{psfigs}
+
+\LaTeX{} and PostScript have had a long and successful relationship.
+There are three packages for including PostScript figures:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \texttt{graphics}.
+This simple package provides the command\\
+\verb|\includegraphics*[<llx,lly>][<urx,ury>]{file}|.
+The \texttt{*} is optional; it enables the PostScript feature of clipping.
+In its simplest form,\\
+\verb|\includegraphics{file}|,
+it includes the figure in the PostScript file \texttt{file}
+without resizing.
+\item \texttt{graphicx}.
+This package provides the command\\
+\verb|\includegraphics*[key--value list]{file}|.
+The \texttt{*} is optional; it enables the PostScript feature of clipping.
+Often used keys are:
+\def\labelitemii{--}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \texttt{scale=.40} to scale the size of the figure with 40\%,
+\item \texttt{width=25pc}, \texttt{height=15pc} to set the width or
+height of the figure,
+\item \texttt{angle=90} to rotate the figure over $90^\circ$.
+\end{itemize}
+\item \texttt{epsfig}.
+This package is really the \texttt{graphicx} package,
+but it allows one to include PostScript figures using 
+the familiar commands from 
+the earlier packages \texttt{epsfig} and \texttt{psfig}.
+\end{itemize}
+For detailed information, see the documentation of the \texttt{graphics}
+packages, in particular the file \texttt{grfguide.tex}.
+\begin{figure}
+\leftmargin=2pc
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\begin{center}
+\includegraphics*[width=5cm]{name.eps}
+\end{center}
+\caption{An example of a figure.}
+\label{fig:exmp}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim} 
+\caption{An example of a figure.}
+\label{fig:exmp}
+\end{figure}
+
+\section{Mathematical symbols}
+\label{symbols}
+
+Many physics authors require more mathematical symbols than the
+few that are provided in standard \LaTeX. A useful package for
+additional symbols is the \texttt{amssymb} package, developed by the American
+Mathematical Society.  This package includes such oft used symbols as
+\verb|\lesssim| for $\lesssim$, \verb|\gtrsim| for $\gtrsim$ or
+\verb|\hbar| for $\hbar$.  Note that your \TeX{} system should have
+the \texttt{msam} and \texttt{msbm} fonts installed.
+If you need only a few symbols, such as \verb|\Box| for $\Box$,
+you might try the package \texttt{latexsym}.
+
+In the \texttt{elsart} document class vectors are preferably coded as 
+\verb|\vec{a}| instead of \verb|\bf{a}| or \verb|\pol{a}|.
+
+\section{Line numbering}
+\label{linenumbering}
+
+\begin{linenumbers}
+Reviewing an electronic version of an article has many
+advantages. However, reviewers have a harder task indicating remarks
+and desired changes to the article. Their task is made easier if the
+lines of the article are numbered. \LaTeX's \texttt{lineno} package
+performs this task. It is compatible with \texttt{elsart}.
+\end{linenumbers}
+
+\section{The Bibliography}
+\label{thebib}
+
+In \LaTeX{} literature references are listed in the
+\verb|thebibliography| environment. Each reference is a
+\verb|\bibitem|; each \verb|\bibitem| is identified by a label, by
+which it can be cited in the text: \verb|\bibitem{ESG96}| is cited as
+\verb|\cite{ESG96}|.
+
+Version 2.16 of \texttt{elsart} introduces the \texttt{subbibitems}
+environment. The references in a \texttt{subbibitems} environment
+have the same major reference number, and are counted by letters
+a, b, etc. The \texttt{subbibitems} environment has
+a label of its own: \verb|\begin{subbibitems}{label}|. 
+It can therefore be referred to as \verb|\cite{label}|, which produces
+a citation like [7a--c]. A short citation like [7] can be produced by
+adding \texttt{:s} to the label: \verb|\cite{label:s}|. Example: See
+Refs. \cite{Lee}, or in short form, see Refs. \cite{Lee:s}.
+
+Version 2.16 of \texttt{elsart} also introduces the possibility to
+insert notes into the bibliography, by using the \verb|\note| command.
+In a \texttt{subbibitems} environment it must be the last item.
+Example: See Refs. \cite{note,x}.
+
+These options do not work well with the \texttt{natbib} package.
+
+\section{Template article}
+\label{templart}
+
+There is a template article \file{templat-num.tex}, which you can use as a
+skeleton for your own article. It is available from Elsevier's Author
+Gateway, \url{http://authors.elsevier.com/locate/latex}.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+
+\bibitem{Lamp86}
+Leslie Lamport: \LaTeX, {\em A document preparation system},
+2nd edition, Addison-Wesley (Reading, Massachusetts, 1994).
+
+\bibitem{WB96}
+Wettig, T., \& Brown, G.E.,
+The evolution of relativistic binary pulsars,
+1996, NewA, 1, 17-34.
+
+\bibitem{ESG96}
+Elson, R.A.W., Santiago, B.X., \& Gilmore, G.F.,
+Halo stars, starbursts, and distant globular clusters:
+A survey of unresolved objects in the Hubble Deep Field,
+1996, NewA, 1, 1-16.
+% (\url{http://www.elsevier.com/PII/S1384107696000061})
+
+\bibitem{Gea97}
+Governato, F., Moore, B., Cen, R., Stadel, J., Lake, G., \& Quinn, T.,
+The Local Group as a test of cosmological models,
+1997, NewA 2, 91-106.
+
+\bibitem{note}%
+  \note We consider an exactly solvable two-band model of electrons moving in
+one dimension and interacting with a $\delta$-function spin-exchange
+potential.
+
+\begin{subbibitems}{Lee}
+\bibitem{Lee:a} N.~Nagaosa and P.~A.~Lee, Phys. Rev. Lett. {\bf 79}, 3755
+(1997).
+\bibitem{Lee:b}C.~P\'epin and P.~A.~Lee, Phys. Rev. Lett. {\bf 81},
+  2779 (1998).
+\end{subbibitems}
+
+\bibitem{x} K.~Gorny, O.~M.~Vyasilev,
+J.~A.~Marindale, V.~A.~Nandor, C.~H.~Pennington, P.~C.~Hammel,
+W.~L.~Hults, J.~L.~Smith, P.~L.~Kuhns, A.~P.~Reyes and W.~G.~Moulton,
+Phys. Rev. Lett.  {\bf 82}, 177 (1999).
+\note These references demonstrate that for some high-$T_c$ compounds
+the gap does not seem to depend on the magnetic field.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/model-harv.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/model-harv.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 947f7243721..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/model-harv.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/model-num.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/model-num.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 88b7b27c5cd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/model-num.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/sample.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/sample.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index 30ec6a657e4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/sample.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/sample.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/sample.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index f5c8aa1ee9b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/sample.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,761 +0,0 @@
-\documentclass{elsart}
-\usepackage{natbib}
-\begin{document}
-\runauthor{Cicero, Caesar and Vergil}
-\begin{frontmatter}
-\title{In Catilinam IV: A murder
-% A murder A murder A murder A murder A murder A murder A murder A murder A
-%murder 
-in 5 acts\thanksref{X}}
-\author[Paestum]{Marcus Tullius Cicero\thanksref{Someone}}
-\author[Rome]{Julius Caesar}
-\author[Rome]{Catullus}
-\author[Baiae]{Publius Maro Vergilius}
-\author[Paestum]{Unknown author}
-\thanks[X]{This is the history of the paper, etc etc}
-
-\address[Paestum]{Buckingham Palace, Paestum}
-\address[Baiae]{The White House, Baiae}
-\address[Rome]{Senate House, Rome}
-\thanks[Someone]{Partially supported by the Roman Senate}
-\begin{abstract}
-Cum M.~Cicero consul {\boldmath \ldots ($\vec{a}$) } Nonis Decembribus senatum in aede
-Iovis Statoris consuleret, quid de iis coniurationis Catilinae
-sociis fieri placeret, qui in custodiam traditi essent, factum
-est, ut duae potissimum sententiae proponerentur, 
-una D.~Silani consulis
-designati, qui morte multandos illos censebat
-
-Altera C.~Caesaris, qui illos publicatis bonis per municipia
-Italiae distribueudos ac vinculis sempiternis tenendos existimabat. Cum
-acautem plures senatores ad C.~Caesaris quam ad
-D.~Silani sententiam inclinare viderentur, M.~Cicero ea, quae
-infra legitur, oratione Silani sententiam commendare studuit.
-\end{abstract}
-\begin{keyword}
-Cicero; Catiline;
-Orations
-\end{keyword}
-\end{frontmatter}
-
-\section{Introduction}
-hello\footnote{A footnote}
-\subsection{Introduction}
-\subsubsection{Introduction}
-\paragraph{Introduction}
-\typeout{SET RUN AUTHOR to \@runauthor}
-
-\begin{equation}\label{fo:theta}
-  \theta = (a_{1},a_{2},\ldots)^{T}
-\end{equation}
-
-
-\section{Introduction}
-
-Start with a section
-
-\section{Thoughts}
-Start with a list:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item In Catilinam I
-\item In Catilinam II
-\item In Catilinam III
-\item In Catilinam IV
-\end{itemize}
-
-\section{Introduction}
-A first section with a reference to \cite{ref1}, as well as
-\cite{L1,M2,M3,M6,M9}, and to equation \ref{fo:theta}
-
-Who is Caesar\ldots
-
-Video, patres conscripti, in me omnium vestrum ora atque oculos esse
-conversos, video vos non solunn de vestro ac rei publicae, verum
-etiam, si id depulsum sit, de meo periculo esse sollicitos. Est mihi
-iucunda in malis et grata in dolore vestra erga me voluntas, sed eam,
-per deos inmortales, deponite atque obliti salutis meae de vobis ac de
-vestris liberis cogitate. Mihi si haec condicio consulatus data est,
-ut omnis acerbitates, onunis dolores cruciatusque perferrem, feram non
-solum fortiter, verum etiam lubenter, dum modo meis laboribus vobis
-populoque Romano dignitas salusque pariatur. \par Ego sum ille consul,
-patres conscripti, cui non forum, iu quo omnis aequitas continetur,
-non campus consularibus auspiciis consecratus, non curia, summum
-auxilium omnium gentium, non domus, commune perfugium, non lectus ad
-quietem datus, non denique haec sedes honoris [sella curulis] umquam
-vacua mortis periculo atque insidiis fuit.  Ego multa tacui, multa
-pertuli, multa concessi, multa meo quodam dolore in vestro timore
-sanavi. Nunc si hunc exitum consulatus mei di inmortales esse
-voluerunt, ut vos populumque Romanum ex caede miserrima, coniuges
-liberosque vestros virginesque Vestales ex acerbissima vexatione,
-templa atque delubra, hanc pulcherrimam patriam omnium nostrum ex
-foedissima flamma, totam Italiam ex bello et vastitate eriperem,
-quaecumque mihi uni proponetur fortuna, subeatur.\footnote{no, not
-  sub-eating.} Etenim, si P.~Lentulus suum nomen inductus a vatibus
-fatale ad perniciem rei publicae fore putavit, cur\footnote{Not a dog,
-  but a footnote.} ego non laeter meum consulatum ad salutem populi
-Romani prope fatalem extitisse?
-
-Figure \ref{song} is not by Cicero.
-\begin{figure}
-\begin{quote}
-%\fontfamily{hlcw}
-\fontshape{it}\selectfont
-Fear no more the heat o' the sun,\\
-Nor the furious winter's rages;\\
-Thou thy worldly task hast done,\\
-Home art gone, and ta'en thy wages:\\
-Golden lads and girls all must,\\
-As chimney-sweepers, come to dust.\\
-Fear no more the frown o' the great;\\
-Thou art past the tyrant's stroke;\\
-Care no more to clothe and eat;\\
-To thee the reed is as the oak:\\
-The sceptre, learning, physic, must\\
-All follow this, and come to dust.\\
-Fear no more the lightning flash,\\
-Nor the all-dreaded thunder-stone;\\
-Fear not slander, censure rash;\\
-Thou hast finish'd joy and moan:\\
-\\
- All lovers young, all lovers must\\
- Consign to thee, and come to dust.\\
-\\
-No exorciser harm thee!\\
-Nor no witchcraft charm thee!\\
-Ghost unlaid forbear thee!\\
-Nothing ill come near thee!\\
- Quiet consummation have;\\
- And renowned be thy grave!\\
-\end{quote}
-\caption{A Song, by William Shakespeare from his play
-  \emph{Cymbeline}, performed by two characters called
-Guiderius and  Arviragus}
-\label{song}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table*}
-\caption{Defect parameters for AgCl(111) surfaces$^{\#}$}
-\label{defparagcl} 
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l l l l}
-\hline 
-$\Delta_j H_{\mathrm{S}}^\circ$, & \multicolumn{2}{c}{Conductivity}& Profile
-analysis\\  
-\cline{2-4}
-$\Delta_j S_{\mathrm{S}}^\circ$ & \cite{S12}& &
-\cite{F4}$^\ast$\\ 
-\hline 
-$\Delta_{\mathrm{i}} H_{\mathrm{S}}^\circ /\mathrm{meV} $ & 370  & 800 & 780\\  
-$\Delta_{\mathrm{i}} S_{\mathrm{S}}^\circ / k $ &  4.7 & 10 &  9.2\\ 
-$\Delta_{\mathrm{v}} H_{\mathrm{S}}^\circ / \mathrm{meV} $ & 880 & 600 & 690 \\ 
-$\Delta_{\mathrm{v}} S_{\mathrm{S}}^\circ / k$ &  2.0 &  0 & 0.6\\ 
-\hline 
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-
-\vspace*{.6cm}
-\noindent
-$^{\#}$ The evaluation relies on an Ag$_{\mathrm{i}}^\cdot$
-accumulation which is in agreement with the literature but which is still
-under debate (see text) \cite{phdjam,jmjf}. \\
-$^\ast$ A recent reevaluation resulted particularly in different entropy
-values. \cite{S14}.
-\end{table*}
-
-\section{The argument}
-Some words might be appropriate describing equation \ref{e1}.
-\begin{equation}
-\frac{\partial F}{\partial
-t}=D\frac{\partial^2 F}{\partial x^2},
-\label{e1}
-\end{equation}
-
-\begin{eqnarray}
-x & = & 1\\
-y & = & 2\\
-z & = & 3
-\end{eqnarray}
-
-Quare, patres conscripti, consulite vobis, prospicite patriae,
-conservate vos, coniuges, liberos fortunasque vestras, populi Romani
-nomen salutemque defendite; mihi parcere ac de me cogitare desinite. Nam
-primum debeo sperare omnis deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi,
-ac mereor, relaturos esse gratiam; deinde, si quid obtigerit, aequo
-animo paratoque moriar. Nam neque turpis mors forti viro potest accidere
-neque immatura consulari nec misera sapienti. Nec tamen ego sum ille
-ferreus, qui fratris carissimi atque amantissimi praesentis maerore non
-movear horumque omnium lacrumis, a quibus me circumsessum videtis Neque
-meam mentem non domum saepe revocat exanimata uxor et abiecta metu filia
-et parvulus filius quem mihi videtur amplecti res publica tamquam ob
-sidem consulatus mei, neque ille, qui expectans huius exitum diei stat
-in conspectu meo, gener. Moveo his rebus omnibus, sed in eam partem, uti
-salvi sint vobiscum omnes, etiamsi me vis aliqua oppresserit, potius,
-quam et illi et nos una rei publicae peste pereamus. \par Quare, patres
-conscripti, incumbite ad salutem rei publicae, circumspicite omnes
-procellas, quae inpendent, nisi providetis. Non Ti.~Gracchus, quod
-iterum tribunus plebis fieri voluit, non C.~Gracchus, quod agrarios
-concitare conatus est, non L.~Saturninus, quod C.~Memmium occidit, in
-discrimen aliquod atque in vestrae severitatis iudicium
-adduciturtenentur ii, qui ad urbis incendium, ad vestram omnium caedem,
-ad Catilinam accipiendum Romae restiterunt, tenentur litterae, signa,
-manus, denique unius cuiusque confessio; sollicitantur Allobroges,
-servitia excitantur, Catilina accersitur; id est initum consilium, ut
-interfectis omnibus nemo ne ad deplorandum quidem populi Romani nomen
-atque ad lamentandam tanti imperii calamitatem relinquatur. \par Haec omnia
-indices detulerunt, rei confessi sunt, vos multis iam iudiciis
-iudicavistis, primum quod mihi gratias egistis singu laribus verbis et
-mea virtute atque diligentia perditorum hominum coniurationem patefactam
-esse decrevistis, deinde quod P.~Lentulum se abdicare praetura
-coegistis, tum quod eum et ceteros, de quibus iudicastis, in custodiam
-dandos censuistis, maximeque quod meo nomine supplicationem decrevistis,
-qui honos togato habitus ante me est nemini; postremo hesterno die
-praemia legatis Allobrogum Titoque Volturcio dedistis amplissima. Quae
-sunt omnia eius modi, ut ii, qui in custodiam nominatim dati sunt, sine
-ulla dubitatione a vobis damnati esse videantur.
-
-\subsection{A sub section}
-Also containing
-some text, and a
-figure. Also containing
-some text, and a
-figure
-Also
-containing some
-text, and a figure
-Also containing
-some text, and a
-figure (\ref{f1}).
-
-\begin{figure*}
-Leave 3cm of space for non-electronic graphic on full page width:
-  \vspace{3cm}
-\caption{A Caption}
-\label{f1}
-\end{figure*}
-\subsection{Another sub section}
-\subsubsection{A subsub section} with some text in it.
-\subsubsection{Another subsub section}with some text in it.
-\paragraph{And a paragraph}
-(ie a sub sub subsection)
-
-\subsection{Another sub section}
-\section{Epilogue}
-A word or two to conclude,  and this even includes some
-inline maths: \(R(x,t)\sim
-t^{-\beta}g(x/t^\alpha)\exp(-|x|/t^\alpha)\)
-
-
- Quae cum ita sint, pro imperio, pro exercitu, pro provincia, quam
-neglexi, pro triumpho ceterisque laudis insignibus, quae sunt a me
-propter urbis vestraeque salutis custodiam repudiata, pro clientelis
-hospitiisque provincialibus, quae tamen urbanis opibus non minore labore
-tueor quam comparo, pro his igitur omnibus rebus, pro meis in vos
-singularibus studiis proque hac, quam perspicitis, ad conservandam rem
-publicam diligentia nihil a vobis nisi huius temporis totiusque mei
-consulatus memoriam postulo; quae dunn erit in vestris fixa mentibus,
-tutissimo me muro saeptum esse arbitrabor.\footnote{Cicero wrote very
-  long sentences$\ldots$} Quodsi meam spem vis
-inproborum fefellerit atque superaverit, commendo vobis parvum meum
-filium, cui profecto satis erit praesidii non solum ad salutem, verum
-etiam ad dignitatem, si eius, qui haec omnia suo solius periculo
-conservarit, illum filium esse memineritis. \par Quapropter de summa salute
-vestra populique Romani, de vestris coniugibus ac liberis, de aris ac
-focis, de fanis atque templis de totius urbis tectis ac sedibus, de
-imperio ac libertate, de salute Italiae, de universa re publica
-decernite diligenter, ut instituistis, ac fortiter. Habetis eum
-consulem, qui et parere vestris decretis non dubitet et ea, quae
-statueritis, quoad vivet, defendere et per se ipsum praestare possit.
-
-now for a vec, as in $\vec{66}$
-
-\begin{thebibliography}{999}
-\bibitem{L1} C.C. Liang, {\em J. Electrochem. Soc.} {\bf 120} (1973) 1298.
-
-\bibitem{W1'} J.B. Wagner, {\em High Conductivity Conductors Solid Ionic
-Conductors\/}, T. Takahashi, ed., World Scientific, Singapore, 1989; A. Shukla,
-N. Vaidehi, K.T. Jacob, {\em Proc. Indian Acad. Sci.\/} {\bf 96} (1986) 533.
-
-\bibitem{M1} a) J. Maier, {\em Ber. Bunsenges. Phys. Chem.\/} {\bf 88} (1984)
-  1057;  
-b) {\em phys. stat. sol. B\/} {\bf 123} (1984) K89, K187; 
-c) {\em Mater. Sci. Monogr.\/} {\bf 28A} (1985) 419; 
-d) {\em Structure Relations in Fast Ion and Mixed Conductors\/}, F. W. Poulsen
-et al., eds. Ris\o{} Nat. Lab., 1986, Roskilde p. 153;
-e) {\em Solid State Ionics} {\bf 32/33} (1989) 727; 
-f) {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 18/19} (1986) 1141.   
-
-\bibitem{M2} J. Maier, {\em J. Electrochem. Soc.\/} {\bf 134} (1987) 1524;
-{\em Solid State Ionics: Materials and Applications\/}, S. Chandra, B.V.R.
-Chowdari, eds., World Scientific, Singapore, 1992, p. 111.  
-
-\bibitem{dudn} N.J Dudney, {\em Ann. Rev. Mat. Sci.\/} {\bf 19} (1989) 103.
-
-\bibitem{M3} J. Maier, {\em J. Phys. Chem. Solids\/}  {\bf 46} (1985) 309. 
-
-\bibitem{M6} J. Maier, {\em Ber. Bunsenges. Phys. Chem.\/}  {\bf 89} (1985)
-  355.  
-
-\bibitem{M9}  a) J. Maier, {\em Mater. Res. Bull.\/} {\bf 20} (1985) 383; b)
-J. Maier, B. Reichert, {\em Ber. Bunsenges. Phys. Chem.\/} {\bf 90} (1986)
-666.   
-
-\bibitem{M11} J. Maier, {\em Ber. Bunsenges. Phys. Chem.\/} {\bf 90} (1986)
-  26.  
-
-\bibitem{M13} a) J. Maier, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 23} (1987) 59;
-b){\em phys. stat. sol. (a)\/} {\bf 112} (1989) 115.
-
-\bibitem{M14} J. Maier, {\em Ber. Bunsenges. Phys. Chem.\/} {\bf 93} (1989)
-  1468; {\em Ber. Bunsenges. Phys. Chem.\/} {\bf 93} (1989) 1474;  
-{\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 28-30} (1988) 1073.
-
-\bibitem{M15} J. Maier, S. Prill, B. Reichert, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 
-28-30} (1988) 1465.
-
-\bibitem{M16} J. Maier, {\em Mater. Chem. Phys.\/} {\bf 17} (1987) 485; {\em
-Superionic Solid and Solid Electrolytes, Recent Trends\/}, A.L. Laskar, S.
-Chandra, eds., Academic Press, New York, 1989, p. 137; in {\em Science and
-  Technology of Fast Ion Conductors\/}, H.L. Tuller, Ed. Plenum Press, New
-York 1989, p. 345. 
-
-\bibitem{G1} J. Maier, {\em Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.\/} {\bf 32}(3)
-  (1993) 313; {\em Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.\/}, {\bf 32}(4) (1993) 528; in 
-{\em Defects in Insulating Materials\/}, O. Kanert and J.-M. Spaeth, eds.,
-World Scientific, Singapore, 1992, p. 2. 
-
-\bibitem{W7} J. Wassermann, T.P. Martin, J. Maier, {\em Solid State Ionics\/}
-{\bf 28-30} (1988) 1514.
-
-\bibitem{L3} U. Lauer, J. Maier, {\em Ber. Bunsenges. Phys. Chem.\/} {\bf 96},
-(1992) 111; {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 51} (1992) 209.
-
-\bibitem{M27} J. Maier, U. Lauer, {\em Ber. Bunsenges. Phys. Chem.\/} {\bf
-  94} (1990) 973; U. Lauer, J. Maier, W. G\"opel, {\em Sensors and Actuators
-  B} {\bf 2} (1990) 125; {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 40/41} (1990) 463. 
-
-\bibitem{M26} P. Murugaraj and J. Maier, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf
-  32/33} (1989) 993; {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 40/41} (1990) 1017.
-
-\bibitem{M25'} U. Lauer and J. Maier, {\em J. Electrochem. Soc.\/} {\bf
-  139}(5) (1992) 1472.  
-
-\bibitem{A3} A. Atkinson, R.I. Taylor, {\em Phil. Mag.} A43 979; {\em Solid
-    State Ionics\/} {\bf 28-30} (1988) 1377. 
-
-\bibitem{A1} T. Asai, S. Kawai, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 20} (1986) 225. 
-
-\bibitem{A2} T. Asai, C.-H. Hu, S. Kawai, {\em Mater. Res. Bull.\/}  {\bf 22},
-(1987) 269. 
-
-\bibitem{C1} L. Chen , Z. Zhao, G. Wang, Z. Li, {\em Kexue Tongbao\/} {\bf
-  26} (1981) 308.
-
-\bibitem{C2} M.R.-W. Chang, K. Shahi, J.B. Wagner, {\em J. Electrochem.
-Soc.\/} {\bf 131} (1984) 1213.
-
-\bibitem{C3} P. Chowdhary, V.B. Tare, J.B. Wagner, {\em J. Electrochem.
-Soc.\/} {\bf 132} (1985) 123.
-
-\bibitem{C4} P. Chowdhary, J.B. Wagner, {\em Mater. Lett.\/} {\bf 3} (1985) 78. 
-
-\bibitem{C5} P. Chowdhary, A. Khandkar, J.B. Wagner, The Electrochemical
-Society Meeting, October 1985, Las Vegas.
-
-\bibitem{D1} R. Dupree, J.R. Howells, A. Hooper, F.W. Poulsen, {\em Solid
-State Ionics\/} {\bf 3/4} (1981) 277.
-
-\bibitem{D2} P. Dubec, J.B. Wagner, {\em Mater. Lett.\/} {\bf 2} (1984) 302.
-
-\bibitem{H1} A. Hooper, {\em J. Power Sources\/} {\bf 9} (1983) 161.
-
-\bibitem{J1} T.R. Jow, C.C. Liang, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 9/10}
-  (1983) 695.  
-
-\bibitem{J2} T. Jow, J.B. Wagner, {\em J. Electrochem. Soc.\/} {\bf 126}(1979)
-  1963.  
-
-\bibitem{K1} A. Khandkar, J.B. Wagner, The Electrochem. Soc. Meeting,
-San Francisco, 1983; A. Khandkar, Thesis, 1985, Arizona State University.
-
-\bibitem{L2} C.C. Liang, A.V. Joshi, N.E. Hamilton, {\em J. Applied
-Electrochem.\/} {\bf 8} (1978) 445.
-
-\bibitem{N1} O. Nakamura, J.B. Goodenough, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 7} 
-(1982) 125.
-
-\bibitem{P1} S. Pack, B. Owens, J.B. Wagner, {\em J. Electrochem. Soc.\/} {\bf 
-127} (1980) 2177.
-
-\bibitem{P2} F.W. Poulsen, N.H. Andersen, B. Kindl, J. Schoonman, {\em Solid
-State Ionics\/} {\bf 9/10} (1983) 131.
-
-\bibitem{P3} F.W. Poulsen, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 2} (1981) 53.
-
-\bibitem{P4} F.W. Poulsen and P.J. M\o ller in: loc. cit. [3d], p. 159.
-
-\bibitem{P5} F.W. Poulsen in: loc. cit. [3d], p. 67.
-
-\bibitem{P6} J.B. Phipps, D.H. Whitmore, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 9/10}
- (1983) 123.
-
-\bibitem{P7} J.B. Phipps, D.H. Whitmore, {\em J. Power Sources\/} {\bf 9}
-  (1983) 373.  
-
-\bibitem{S1} P.M. Skarstadt, D.B. Merritt, B.B. Owens, {\em Solid State
-Ionics\/} {\bf 314} (1981) 277.
-
-\bibitem{S2} K. Shahi, J.B. Wagner, {\em J. Phys. Chem. Solids\/} {\bf 43},
- (1982) 713.
-
-\bibitem{S3} K. Shahi, J.B. Wagner, {\em J. Solid State Chem.\/} {\bf 42}  
-(1982) 107. 
-
-\bibitem{S4} K. Shahi, J.B. Wagner, {\em J. Electrochem. Soc.\/} {\bf 128}
-(1981) 6.
-
-\bibitem{W1} J.B. Wagner, {\em Mater. Res. Bull.\/} {\bf 15} (1980) 1691.
-
-\bibitem{Z1} Z. Zhao, C. Wang, L. Chen, {\em Wuli Xuebao\/} {\bf 33}
-(1984) 1205; Z. Zhao, C. Wang, S. Dai, L. Chen, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf
-  9/10} (1983) 1175.
-
-\bibitem{F1} S. Fujitsu, M. Miyayama, K. Koumoto, H. Janagida, T. Kanazawa,
-{\em J. Mater. Sci.\/} {\bf 20} (1985) 2103.
-
-\bibitem{F2} S. Fujitsu, K. Kuomoto, H. Janagida, {\em Solid State Ionics\/}
-{\bf 18/19} (1986) 1146.
-
-\bibitem{K2} A. Khandkar, V.B. Tare, J.B. Wagner, {\em Rev. Chim. Min.\/} {\bf
-23} (1986) 274.
-
-\bibitem{V1} N. Vaidehi, R. Akila, A.K. Shukla, K.T. Jacob, {\em Mater. Res.
-Bull.\/} {\bf 21} (1986) 909.
-
-\bibitem{S1'} E. Hartmann, V.V. Peller, G.I. Rogalski, {\em Solid State
-    Ionics\/} {\bf 28-30} (1988) 1098, 
-V. Trnovcov\'a, C. B\'arta, P.P. Fedorov, I. Zibrov, {\em Materials Science
-  Forum\/} {\bf 76} (1991) 13, 
-S. Adams, K. Hariharan, J. Maier, {\em Solid State Ionics\/}, {bf 75} (1991)
-193, Y. He, Z. Chen, Z. Zhang, L. Wang and L. Chen in {\em Materials for Solid 
-  State Batteries\/}, B.V.R. Chowdhari and S. Radhakrishna, eds., World
-Scientific, Singapore, 1986, p. 333.,  
-J. R. Stevens and B.E. Mellander, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 21}
-(1986) 203, 
-S. Skaarup, K. West and B. Zachau Christiansen, {\em Solid State
-  Ionics\/} {\bf 28-30} (1989) 975, 
-J. Plocharski, W. Wieczorek, J. Przyluski and K. Such, {\em J. Appl. Phys. A\/}
-{\bf 49} (1989) 55,  
-W. Wieczorek, K. Such, H. Wycislik and J. Plocharski, {\em Solid State Ionics\/}
-{\bf 36} (1989) 255, 
-J. Plocharski and W. Wieczorek, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 28-30} 979;
-(1988) \\ 
-Y. Saito, T. Asai, K. Ado and O. Nakamura, {\em Mat. Res. Bull.\/} {\bf 23}
-(1988) 1661, 
-Y. Saito, T. Asai, O. Nakamura and Y. Yamamoto, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf
-  35} (1989) 241,  
-Y. Saito, J. Mayne, K. Ado, Y. Yamamoto and O. Nakamura, {\em Solid State
-  Ionics\/} {\bf 40/41} (1990) 72,  
-J. Mayne, Y. Saito, H. Kageyama, K. Ado, T. Asai and O. Nakamura, {\em Solid
-  State Ionics\/} {\bf 40/41} (1990) 67, 
-Y. Saito, K. Ado, T. Asai, H. Kageyama, O. Nakamura and Y. Yamamoto, {\em Solid
-  State Ionics\/} {\bf 53-56} (1992) 728,  
-O. Nakamura and Y. Saito, {\em Solid State Ionics: Materials and
-  Applications\/}, S. Chandra, S. Singh and P.C. Srivastava, eds., World
-Scientific, Singapore, 1992, p. 101;\\  
-B. Wnetrzewski, J.L. Nowinski and W. Jakubowski, {\em Solid State Ionics\/}
-{\bf 36} (1989) 209, 
-P. Weslowski, W. Jakubowski and J.L. Nowinski, {\em phys. stat. sol. (a)\/}
-{\bf 115} (1989) 81,  
-J.L. Nowinski, P. Kurek and W. Jakubowski, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 36} 
-(1989) 213;  
-P. Kurek, J.L. Nowinski and W. Jakubowski, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 36} 
-(1989) 243;  
-H. Husono and Y. Abe {\em Solid State Ionics\/}, {\bf 44} (1990) 293;
-B. Kumar, J.D. Schaffer, M. Nookola, L. G. Scanlou, {\em J. Power Sources\/}
-{\bf 47} (1994) 63;\\
-S.N. Reddy, A.S. Chary, K. Saibabu, T. Chiranjiui, A. Brune, J.B. Wagner,
-{\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 25} (1987) 165,  
-K. Singh, S.S. Bhoga {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 39} (1990) 205; 
-S.S. Bhoga, K. Singh {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 40/41} (1990) 27,  
-S. Chaklanobis, K. Shahi, R.K. Syal {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 44} (1990)
-107,  
-L. Chen, C. Gros, R. Castaynet, P. Hagenmuller {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf
-  31} (1988) 209.   
-
-\bibitem{S11} G. Simkovich, C. Wagner, {\em J. Catalysis\/} {\bf 1} (1962) 521. 
-
-\bibitem{W2} T.L. Wen, R.A. Huggins, A. Rabenau, W. Weppner, {\em Rev. Chim.
-Min.\/} {\bf 20} (1983) 40.
-
-\bibitem{saito} Y. Saito, J. Maier, in preparation; Y. Saito. K.
-Hariharan, J. Maier, {\em Proc. 4th Int. Symp. on Syst. with Fast
-  Ionic Transport\/}, Warsaw, 1994, in press.
-
-\bibitem{hari} K. Hariharan, J. Maier, {\em J. Electrochem. Soc.\/},
-  submitted.  
-
-\bibitem{S6} A.M. Stoneham, E. Walde, J.A. Kilner, {\em Mater. Res. Bull.\/} 
-{\bf 14} (1979) 1661.
-
-\bibitem{S5} K. Shahi, J.B. Wagner, {\em Appl. Phys. Lett.\/} {\bf 37}
-(1980) 757. 
-
-\bibitem{D4} N.J. Dudney, {\em J. Am. Ceram. Soc.\/} {\bf 70} (1987) 65.
-
-\bibitem{W3} C. Wagner, {\em J. Phys. Chem. Solids\/} {\bf 33} (1972) 1051.
-
-\bibitem{B1} A. Bunde, W. Dieterich, E. Roman, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 
-18/19} (1986) 147.
-
-\bibitem{R1} H.E. Roman, A. Bunde, W. Dieterich: loc. cit. [3d], p. 165.
-
-\bibitem{R2} H.E. Roman, A. Bunde, W. Dieterich, {\em Phys. Rev.\/} {\bf B34}
-(1986) 331.
-
-\bibitem{W4} J.C. Wang, N.J. Dudney, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 18/19}
-(1986) 112.
-
-\bibitem{S7} H. Schmalzried, {\em Solid State Reactions\/}. Verlag Chemie,
-Weinheim, 1981.
-
-\bibitem{F3} J. Frenkel, {\em Kinetic Theory of Liquids\/}. Oxford University
-Press, New York, 1946.
-
-\bibitem{K3} K.L. Kliewer, J.S. K\"ohler, {\em Phys. Rev.\/} {\bf A 140} 
-(1965) 1226; C. Newey, P. Pratt, A. Lidiard, {\em Phil. Mag.\/} {\bf 3} (1958)
-75.  
-
-\bibitem{P9} R.B. Poeppel, J.M. Blakely, {\em Surf. Sci.\/} {\bf 15} (1969)
-  507.
-
-\bibitem{jm} J. Maier, in {\em Science and Technology of Fast Ion
-  Conductors\/}. H.L. Tuller, M. Balkanski, Eds. Plenum Press, New York, 1989,
-p. 299.  
-
-\bibitem{jamma} J. Jamnik, J. Maier and S. Pejovnik {\em Solid State Ionics},
-  in press. 
-
-\bibitem{macdon} J.R. Macdonald, D.R. Franceschetti and A.P. Lehnen, {\em
-    J. Chem. Phys.\/} {\bf 73} (1980) 5272; J.R. Macdonald and A.P. Lehnen,
-  {\em Cryst. Latt. Def.\/} {\bf 9} (1982) 149.
-
-\bibitem{M19} J. Maier, W. G\"opel, {\em J. Solid State Chem.\/} {\bf 72} 
-(1988) 293; W. G\"opel, J. Maier, K. Schierbaum, and H.-D. Wiemh\"ofer, {\em
-  Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 32/33} (1989) 440.
-
-\bibitem{M28} J. Maier, U. Lauer, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 51} (1992)
-  209. 
-
-\bibitem{J3} J. Jamnik, J. Maier and S. Pejovnik, {\em Solid State Ionics\/}
-  {\bf 75} (1995) 51; {\em Electrochimica Acta\/}, {\bf 14} (1993) 1975;
-  J. Jamnik, J. Maier and S. Pejovnik, {\em Proc. 1st Int. Slovenian-German 
-Seminar of Joints Projects in Mat. Sci. and Technol.\/}, Ljubljana, October
-94, to be published; J. Fleig and J. Maier, {\em Proc. 1st
-  Int. Slovenian-German Seminar of Joints Projects in Mat. Sci. and
-  Technol.\/}, Ljubljana, October 94, to be published.  
-
-\bibitem{B2} H. B\"ottger, V.V. Bryksin, {\em Hopping Conduction in Solids\/}.
-VCH, Weinheim, 1985.  
-
-\bibitem{B3} R. Blender, W. Dieterich, {\em Solid State Ionics\/}, {\bf 28-30} 
-(1988) 82.
-
-\bibitem{kleitz} M. Kleitz, H. Bernard, E. Fernandez, E. Schrouter, {\em Adv.
-  Ceram. Sci. Tech. Zirconia\/} {\bf 3} (1981) 310; H. Rickert, U. Schwaitzer,
-{\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 9/10} (1983) 689; H. J. Queisser, J.H. Werner,
-{\em Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc.\/} (1988) 53; H. J. M"oller, H. P. Strunk,
-J. Werner eds., {\em Polycrystalline Semiconductors\/}, Springer, Berlin,
-1989. 
-
-\bibitem{phdfleig} J. Fleig, Ph D-Thesis, T\"ubingen-Stuttgart, 1995 (detailed
-  calculation of such effects by finite elements); J. Fleig, J. Maier, in
-  preparation. 
-
-\bibitem{soltis} R.E. Soltis, E.M. Logothetis, A.D. Brailsford, J.B.
-Wagner, {\em J. Electrochem. Soc.\/} {\bf 135} (1988) 2380; A.D. Brailsford, 
-{\em Solid State Ionics} {\bf 21} (1986) 159; N.F. Uvarov, E.F. Hairetdinov,
-J.M. Reau, P. Hagenmuller, {\em Solid State Comm.\/} {\bf 79} (1991) 635. 
-
-\bibitem{U1} N.F. Uvarov and J. Maier, {\em Solid State Ionics\/}, {\bf 62}
-  (1993) 251. 
-
-\bibitem{U1'} N.F. Uvarov, V.P. Isopov, V. Sharma, A.K. Shukla {\em Solid
-State Ionics\/} {\bf 51} (1992) 41. 
-
-\bibitem{P10} G.E. Pike, private communication.
-
-\bibitem{C6} Y.M. Chiang, A.F. Henriksen, W.D. Kingery, D. Finello, {\em J.
-Am. Ceram. Soc.\/} {\bf 64} (1981) 385.
-
-\bibitem{S9} P. Sutton, private communication.
-
-\bibitem{K4} K.L. Kliewer, {\em J. Phys. Chem. Solids\/} {\bf 27} (1966) 705. 
-
-\bibitem{F4} G. Farlow, A.B. Blose, Sr.J. Feldott, B.D. Lounsberry, L.
-Slifkin, {\em Radiation Eff.\/} {\bf 75} (1983) 1; Sr. J. Feldott, A.B.
-Blose, B.D. Lounsberry, L. Slifkin, {\em J. Imag. Sci.} {\bf 29} (1985) 39;
-R.A. Hudson, G.C. Farlow, L.M. Slifkin, manuscript. 
-
-\bibitem{R4} U. Riedel, J. Maier, and R. Brook, {\em J. Eur. Ceram. Soc.\/}
-{\bf 9}(3) (1992) 205; {\em Solid State Ionics}, M. Balkanski, T. Takahashi,
-H.L. Tuller, Eds. Elsevier Science Publishers, Amsterdam, 1992 p. 259.
-
-\bibitem{T2} P.W. Tasker {\em Advances in Ceramics\/} {\bf 10} (1984) 176. 
-
-\bibitem{B4} L. Bousse, N.F. de Rooij, P. Bergveld, {\em Trans. Electron.
-Dev.\/} {\bf 30} (1983) 1263.
-
-\bibitem{V3} A. van der Berg, P. Bergveld, D.N. Reinhondt, E.J.B.
-Sudh\"alter, {\em Sens. Actuat.\/} {\bf 8} (1985) 129.
-
-\bibitem{D3} E.A. Daniels, S.M. Rao, {\em Z. Phys. Chem.\/} {\bf N. F. 137}
-  (1983) 247. 
-
-\bibitem{R3} S.M. Rao, {\em Ph. D. Thesis\/}, 1983, Poona University.
-
-\bibitem{W5} J.L. White in: {\em Proc. 4th Nat. Conf. Clays and Clay Min.,
-Int. Ser. Monogr. Earth Sciences\/}, p. 133.
-
-\bibitem{Z2} C. Zipelli, J.C.J. Bart, C. Petrini, S. Galvagno, C. Cimino,
-{\em Z. Anorg. allg. Chem.\/} {\bf 502} (1983) 199.
-
-\bibitem{M21} J. Maier, G. Schwitzgebel, {\em Mater. Res. Bull.\/} {\bf 17} 
-(1982) 1061; J. Maier, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 32/33} (1989) 727. 
-
-\bibitem{M22} J. Mizusaki, K. Fueki, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 6}
-(1982) 55. 
-
-\bibitem{S8} O. Stasiw, J. Teltow, {\em Ann. Phys.\/} (Lpz.) {\bf 1}
-(1947) 261. 
-
-\bibitem{M23} D. M\"uller, {\em phys. stat. sol.\/} {\bf 1312} (1965) 775.
-
-\bibitem{M20} J. Maier, {\em Z. Phys. Chem.\/} {\bf N.F. 140} (1984) 191;
-{\em J. Am. Ceram. Soc.\/}, {\bf 76}(5) (1993) 1212; {\em J. Am. Ceram.
-  Soc.\/} {\bf 76}(5) (1993) 1218; {\em J. Am. Ceram. Soc.\/}, {\bf 76}(5)
-(1993) 1223; {\em J. Am. Ceram. Soc.\/}, {\bf 76}(5) (1993) 1228.  
-
-\bibitem{V2} N. Valverde-Diez, J.B. Wagner, Jr., {\em Solid State
-  Ionics\/}, {\bf 28-30} (1988) 1697.
-
-\bibitem{sens} J. Maier, {\em Solid State Ionics\/}, {\bf 62} (1993) 105.
-
-\bibitem{U2} N.F. Uvarov, M.C.R. Shastry and K.J. Rao {\em Rev. Solid
-State Sci.\/} {\bf 4} (1990) 61.
-
-\bibitem{schmidt} J.A. Schmidt, J.C. Baz\'an, L. Vico, {\em Solid State
-  Ionics\/} {\bf 27} (1988) 1.
-
-\bibitem{H2} Y. Haven, {\em Rec. Tran. Chem.\/} {\bf 69} (1950) 1471, 1505.
-
-\bibitem{mog} M. Mogensen, {\em J. Power Sources\/} {\bf 20} (1987) 53;
-  M. Gaber$\check{s}\check{c}$ek, J. Jamnik, S. Pejovnik, {\em
-    J. Electrochem. Soc.\/} {\bf 140} (1993) 308.
-
-\bibitem{zhu} B. Zhu, B.E. Mellander, in: C. Singhal and H. Iwahara, eds. {\em
-    Solid Oxide Fuel Cells\/} (The Electrochemical Soc. Inc., Pennington, NJ,
-  1993) 156. 
-
-\bibitem{unruh} T. Unruh, Ph D-Thesis, Saarbr\"ucken, FRG (1995)
-
-\bibitem{gian} E. Gianellis, {\em Solid State Ionics\/}, in press. 
-
-\bibitem{H6} R.A. Hubermann, {\em Phys. Rev. Lett.\/} {\bf 32} (1974) 1000.
-
-\bibitem{H5} N. Hainovsky, J, Maier, {\em Solid State Ionics\/}, in press;
-  {\em Phys. Rev.}, in press. 
-
-\bibitem{H7} R. Lipowski, {\em Phys. Rev. Lett.\/} {\bf 49} (1982) 1575; V.N.
-Bondarev and A.B. Kuklov, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 44} (1991) 145. 
-
-\bibitem{E2} G. Ertl, J. K\"uppers, {\em Low Energy Electrons and Surface
-Chemistry\/}. VCH, Weinheim, 1985. 
-
-\bibitem{K5} W.D. Kingery, {\em Mater. Sci. Monogr.\/} {\bf 28A} (1985) 25.
-
-\bibitem{G2} J.-E. Gerner, Diploma Thesis, 1984, University of Konstanz.
-
-\bibitem{strange} J.H. Strange, S.M. Rageb, R.C.T. Slade, {\em Phil. Mag.\/}
-{\bf A 64} (1991) 1159.
-
-\bibitem{H4} R.A. Hudson, G.C. Farlow and L.M. Slifkin {\em Phys. Rew. B\/}
-{\bf 36} (1987) 4651. 
-
-\bibitem{S14} L. Slifkin, personal communication; S.K. Wonnell and L.M.
-Slifkin {\em Phys. Rev. B\/} {\bf 48} (1993) 78.
-
-\bibitem{jf} J. Fleig, J. Jamnik, J. Maier, in preparation. 
-
-\bibitem{haberm} J. Jamnik, H.-U. Habermeier, J. Maier, {\em Physica B\/} {\bf
-    204} (1995) 57.   
-
-\bibitem{K7} M. Kleitz, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 3/4} (1981) 513.
-
-\bibitem{G5} S. Gupka, S. Patnaik, K. Shahi, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf
-    31} (1) (1988) 5. 
-
-\bibitem{ul} U. Lauer, Ph D thesis, University of T\"ubingen, 1991. 
-
-\bibitem{G6} F. Granzer, {\em J. Imag. Sci.\/} {\bf 33} (1989) 207.
-
-%\bibitem{esh} Eshelby quoted in \cite{K3}. 
-
-\bibitem{O1} J.T. Overbeek in: {\em Colloid Science I\/}, H. R. Kruyt, Ed. 
-Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1952.
-
-\bibitem{B6} R.C. Baetzold, J.F. Hamilton, {\em Surf. Sci.\/} {\bf 33} (1972)
-  461.  
-
-\bibitem{B7} R.C. Baetzold, {\em J. Phys. Chem. Solids\/} {\bf 35} (1974) 89. 
-
-\bibitem{H3} H.A. Hoyen, {\em J. Appl. Phys.} {\bf 47\/} (1976) 3784.
-
-\bibitem{S12} N. Starbov, {\em J. Inf. Rec. Mater.\/} {\bf 13} (1985) 307.
-
-\bibitem{T1} Y.T. Yan, H.A. Hoyen, {\em Surf. Sci.\/} {\bf 36} (1973) 242.
-
-\bibitem{M24} S. M\"uhlherr, K. L\"auger, N. Nicoloso, E. Schreck, K.
-Dransfeld, {\em Solid State Ionics\/} {\bf 28-30} (1988) 1495.
-
-\bibitem{phdjam} J. Jamnik, Ph D-Thesis, Ljubljana-Stuttgart, 1994.
-
-\bibitem{jmjf} J. Fleig and J. Maier, in preparation.
-
-\bibitem{G4} W. G\"opel, U. Lampe, {\em Phys. Rev.\/} {\bf B 22} (1980) 6447. 
-
-\bibitem{S13} E. Schreck, K. L\"auger, K. Dransfeld, {\em Z. Phys.\/} {\bf
-  B62} (1986) 331. 
-
-\bibitem{P8} J.B. Phipps, D.L. Johnson, D.H. Whitmore, {\em Solid State
-Ionics\/} {\bf 5} (1981) 393.  
-
-\bibitem{C7} J. Corish, P.W.M. Jacobs, {\em Surf. Def. Prop. Solids\/} {\bf
-  2} (1973) 160.
-
-\bibitem{ref1}  W. Puin, P. Heitjans, {\em Proc. Int. Conf. Nanocryst. Mater.},
-  Stuttgart, 1994, in press; W. Puin, P. Heitjans, J. Maier, in preparation.
-
-\bibitem{C8} S. Chandra, private communication. 
-
-\bibitem{G3} W. G\"opel, {\em Progr. Surf. Sci.\/} {\bf 20} (1986) 1.
-
-\bibitem{}  M. v. Smoluchowski, Z. Phys. Chem. {\bf 92}, 129 (1917).
-
-\end{thebibliography}
-\appendix
-\section{APPENDIX}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{see equation \ref{foo}}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{equation}
-a + b = c
-  \label{foo}
-\end{equation}
-\end{document}
-\subtitle{Romano dignitas salusque pariatur.
-Ego sum ille consul, patres
-conscripti, cui non forum, iu quo omnis aequitas continetur, non campus
-consularibus auspiciis consecratus, non curia, summum auxilium omnium
-gentium, non domus, commune perfugium, non lectus ad quietem datus, non
-denique haec sedes honoris [sella curulis] umquam vacua mortis periculo
-atque insidiis fuit.  Ego multa tacui, multa pertuli, multa concessi.
-}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-harv.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-harv.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index d95326db0c0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-harv.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-harv.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-harv.tex
index 797536788c9..44b3c84f680 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-harv.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-harv.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 % Template article for preprint document class `elsart'
 % with harvard style bibliographic references
-% SP 2001/01/05
+% SP 2006/04/26
 
 \documentclass{elsart}
 
@@ -22,6 +22,12 @@
 % The amssymb package provides various useful mathematical symbols
 \usepackage{amssymb}
 
+% The lineno packages adds line numbers. Start line numbering with
+% \begin{linenumbers}, end it with \end{linenumbers}. Or switch it on
+% for the whole article with \linenumbers.
+% \usepackage{lineno}
+
+% \linenumbers
 \begin{document}
 
 \begin{frontmatter}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-num.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-num.dvi
deleted file mode 100644
index b55be8c8325..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-num.dvi
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-num.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-num.tex
index 377b6ed8bbc..24f204c7b2d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-num.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-num.tex
@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+% Template article for preprint document class `elsart'
+% SP 2006/04/26
+
 \documentclass{elsart}
 
 % Use the option doublespacing or reviewcopy to obtain double line spacing
@@ -14,6 +17,12 @@
 % The amssymb package provides various useful mathematical symbols
 \usepackage{amssymb}
 
+% The lineno packages adds line numbers. Start line numbering with
+% \begin{linenumbers}, end it with \end{linenumbers}. Or switch it on
+% for the whole article with \linenumbers.
+% \usepackage{lineno}
+
+% \linenumbers
 \begin{document}
 
 \begin{frontmatter}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/elsevier/00Description b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/elsevier/00Description
deleted file mode 100644
index 70ca9d5373b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/elsevier/00Description
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-Comprehensive TeX Archive Network: package description
-------------------------------------------------------
-Name: elsevier
-Author: Nico A.F.M. Poppelier <N.POPPELIER@elsevier.nl>
-Last changed in archive: 1998/07/15
-Archive-path: macros/latex/contrib/supported/elsevier
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/elsevier/ascii.tab b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/elsevier/ascii.tab
deleted file mode 100644
index 8909f59361a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/elsevier/ascii.tab
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-% Upper-case    A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
-% Lower-case    a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z
-% Digits        0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-% Exclamation   !           Double quote "          Hash (number) #
-% Dollar        $           Percent      %          Ampersand     &
-% Acute accent  '           Left paren   (          Right paren   )
-% Asterisk      *           Plus         +          Comma         ,
-% Minus         -           Point        .          Solidus       /
-% Colon         :           Semicolon    ;          Less than     <
-% Equals        =           Greater than >          Question mark ?
-% At            @           Left bracket [          Backslash     \
-% Right bracket ]           Circumflex   ^          Underscore    _
-% Grave accent  `           Left brace   {          Vertical bar  |
-% Right brace   }           Tilde        ~
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart.cls
index 75d9af443ed..180bd02d38c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart.cls
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart.cls
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 %%
 %% esl.dtx  (with options: `package,elsart,ONECOL,DEEPLIST')
 %% 
-%% elsart.cls Copyright (C) 1994-2001 Elsevier Science
+%% elsart.cls Copyright (C) 1994-2006 Elsevier Science
 %% 
 %% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
@@ -21,14 +21,12 @@
  \def\RCSversion{#3}%
  \def\RCSdate{#4}%
 }
-\readRCS
-$Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.6 2000/10/09 10:45:59 dabeyko Exp $
 \def\@shortjnl{\relax}
- \def\esp@fileversion{2.18}
- \def\esp@filedate{2001/01/05}
- \def\@journal{Elsevier Science} \def\@company{Elsevier Science}
-  \def\@issn{000-0000}
-  \def\@shortjid{elsart}
+ \def\esp@fileversion{2.19}
+ \def\esp@filedate{2006/05/01}
+ \def\@journal{Elsevier} \def\@company{Elsevier}
+ \def\@issn{000-0000}
+ \def\@shortjid{elsart}
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
 \ProvidesClass{\@shortjid}[\esp@filedate, \esp@fileversion: \@journal]
 
@@ -46,6 +44,18 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
 \@twocolumnfalse
 \DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\@twocolumnfalse\@TwoColumnfalse}
 \DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\@twocolumntrue\@TwoColumntrue}
+\newif\if@narrowdisplay
+\@narrowdisplayfalse
+\DeclareOption{narrowdisplay}{\@narrowdisplaytrue}
+\newif\if@draft\@draftfalse
+\DeclareOption{draft}{%
+  \@drafttrue
+  \overfullrule 5\p@                  % to indicate overfull boxes
+}
+\DeclareOption{final}{%
+  \@draftfalse
+  \overfullrule \z@
+}
 \let\snm\relax \let\cty\relax \let\cny\relax\let\jr\relax
 \newif\if@ussrhead \@ussrheadfalse
 \DeclareOption{ussrhead}{\@ussrheadtrue}
@@ -65,6 +75,8 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
  \ExecuteOptions{oneside}
  \ExecuteOptions{onecolumn,final}
 \ProcessOptions
+\if@TwoColumn\@narrowdisplayfalse\fi
+\if@draft\else\@narrowdisplayfalse\fi
 \def\@pagenumprefix{}
 \def\author@font{}
 \def\partname{Part}
@@ -101,6 +113,7 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
 \def\@keywordsize{\small}
 \def\@overaddressskip{2pt}
 \def\@titlesize{\Large\bfseries}
+\def\@bibitemsep{0.3\@bls \@plus 0.1\@bls \@minus 0.1\@bls}
 \def\@authorsize{\large}
 \def\@keywordheading{{\it Key words: \ }}
 \def\@addressstyle{\small\itshape}
@@ -114,6 +127,7 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
 \def\@secnumfont#1{\upshape}
 \def\@catchlinesize{\footnotesize}
 \def\@runheadsize{\normalsize}
+\def\@narrowdisplaywidth{259pt}
 \def\etal{et al.}
 \def\AND{\&}
 \def\@Colofonheight{1cm}
@@ -171,7 +185,7 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
 \advance\textheight\topskip
 \textwidth 33pc              % \@Width of text line.
                              % For two-column mode:
-\columnsep 2pc               %   Space between columns
+ \columnsep 2pc               %   Space between columns
 \columnseprule \z@           %   \@Width of rule between columns.
  \footnotesep 8.4\p@
 \skip\footins 12\p@ \@plus  8\p@          % Space between last line of text and
@@ -367,10 +381,18 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
 \else
   \mathindent 2em
 \fi
+\if@narrowdisplay
+  \def\calcmathindent{%
+    \mathindent\linewidth\relax
+    \advance\mathindent-\@narrowdisplaywidth}
+\else
+  \let\calcmathindent\relax
+\fi
 \def\[{\relax\ifmmode\@badmath
   \else%\bgroup removed on request from BW (1993-05-17)
   \@beginparpenalty\predisplaypenalty
   \@endparpenalty\postdisplaypenalty
+\calcmathindent
   \begin{trivlist}\@topsep \eqntopsep       % used by first \item
    \@topsepadd \eqntopsep                   % used by \@endparenv
   \item[]\leavevmode
@@ -384,6 +406,7 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
   \refstepcounter{equation}\trivlist
   \@topsep \eqntopsep                      % used by first \item
   \@topsepadd \eqntopsep                   % used by \@endparenv
+\calcmathindent
   \item[]\leavevmode
    \hbox to\linewidth\bgroup $ \displaystyle \hskip\mathindent\bgroup}
 \def\endequation{\egroup$\hfil \displaywidth\linewidth
@@ -393,6 +416,7 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
   \noindent                                          %BW
   \baselineskip\eqnbaselineskip\lineskip\eqnlineskip %BW
   \lineskiplimit\eqnlineskip                         %BW
+\calcmathindent
   \stepcounter{equation}%
   \let\@currentlabel=\theequation
   \global\@eqnswtrue
@@ -453,6 +477,8 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
 \DeclareOldFontCommand{\it}{\normalfont\itshape}{\mathit}
 \DeclareOldFontCommand{\sl}{\normalfont\slshape}{\@nomath\sl}
 \DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\normalfont\scshape}{\@nomath\sc}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\cal{\@fontswitch\relax\mathcal}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\mit{\@fontswitch\relax\mathnormal}
 \RequirePackage{latexsym}
 \def\qed{\relax\ifmmode\hskip2em \Box\else\unskip\nobreak\hskip1em $\Box$\fi}
 \def\proof@headerfont{\upshape\bfseries}
@@ -566,7 +592,7 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
     \labelsep 3\p@ \itemindent\z@
     \leftmargin\labelwidth \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
 \fi
-     \itemsep 0.3\@bls \@plus 0.1\@bls \@minus 0.1\@bls
+\itemsep\@bibitemsep
     \usecounter{enumiv}\let\p@enumiv\@empty
     \def\theenumiv{\arabic{enumiv}}}%
     \tolerance\@M
@@ -636,7 +662,8 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
 \newcount\@tempcntc
 \def\collapse@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
  \@tempcnta\z@\@tempcntb\m@ne\def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
-  {\@ifundefined
+  {\edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb\@empty}%
+   \@ifundefined
    {b@\@citeb}{\@citeo\@tempcntb\m@ne\@citea\def\@citea{,}{\bfseries ?}\@warning
    {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
   {\setbox\z@\hbox{\global\@tempcntc0\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname\relax}%
@@ -894,7 +921,7 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
   \let\@ead@au\@empty\fi}
 \let\ead@endau\ead@newau
 \def\ead@addau#1{ (#1)}
-\def\ead@au#1{\edef\@ead@au{#1}}
+\def\ead@au#1{\def\@ead@au{#1}}
 \def\email@name{Email address}
 \def\emails@name{Email addresses}
 \chardef\has@ead@email=0
@@ -1088,7 +1115,7 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
 \def\collab{\@ifstar{\collab@arg}{\collab@arg}}
 \let\collaboration=\collab
 \def\collab@arg#1{\stepcounter{collab}%
-  \if@firstauthor \first@collab \global\@firstauthorfalse \fi
+  \if@firstauthor \first@author \global\@firstauthorfalse \fi
   \gdef\@runningauthor{#1}%
   \beg@elem
   \proc@elem{collab}{#1}%
@@ -1098,11 +1125,9 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
   \ifnum\prev@elem=\e@collab \global\@newelemfalse \fi
   \if@newelem \collab@fmt@init \fi
   \par                                 % Start new paragraph
-  {\large #3\,$^{\mathrm{#2}}$}}
-\def\first@collab{
-  \collab@note@fmt                     % re-define \thefootnote as
-  \add@tok\t@glob@notes                % appropriate for collab/address
-    {\collab@note@fmt}}%
+  \edef\@tempb{#2}\ifx\@tempb\@empty
+    {\@authorsize #3}\else
+    {\@authorsize #3\,$^{\mathrm{#2}}$}}
 \def\collab@fmt@init{\vskip 1em}       % Vertical space above list
 \def\author@note@fmt{\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
   \def\thefootnote{\xarabic{footnote}}}
@@ -1292,19 +1317,21 @@ $Header: /source/repository/eslatex/src/texmf/source/latex/elsevier/esl.dtx,v 1.
     \vskip 4\p@ \@plus 3\p@
     \normalsize\it\centering \@dedicated
     \fi}
-\def\@alph#1{\ifcase#1\or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i\or j\or
-k\or \ell\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or
-y\or z\or aa\or ab\or ac\or ad\or ae\or af\or ag\or ah\or ai\or aj\or
-ak\or a\ell\or am\or an\or ao\or ap\or aq\or ar\or as\or at\or au\or av\or
-aw\or ay\or az\or ba\or bb\or bc\or bd\or be\or bf\or bg\or bh\or bi\or
-bj\or bk\or b\ell\or bm\or bn\or bo\or bp\or bq\or br\or bs\or bt\or
-bu\or bw\or bx\or by\or bz\or ca\or cb\or cc\or cd\or ce\or cf\or cg\or
-ch\or ci\or cj\or ck\or c\ell\or cm\or cn\or co\or cp\or cq\or cr\or
-cs\or ct\or cu\or cw\or cx\or cy\or cz\or da\or db\or dc\or dd\or de\or df\or dg\or dh\or di\or dj\or dk\or
-d\ell\or dm\or dn\or do\or dp\or dq\or dr\or ds\or dt\or du\or dw\or
-dx\or dy\or dz\or ea\or eb\or ec\or ed\or ee\or ef\or eg\or eh\or
-ei\or ej\or ek\or e\ell\or em\or en\or eo\or ep\or eq\or er\or es\or
-et\or eu\or ew\or ex\or ey\or ez\else\@ctrerr\fi}
+\def\@alph#1{\ifcase#1\or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i\or
+j\or k\or \ensuremath{\ell}\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or s\or t\or
+u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z\or aa\or ab\or ac\or ad\or ae\or af\or ag\or
+ah\or ai\or aj\or ak\or a\ensuremath{\ell}\or am\or an\or ao\or ap\or
+aq\or ar\or as\or at\or au\or av\or aw\or ay\or az\or ba\or bb\or bc\or
+bd\or be\or bf\or bg\or bh\or bi\or bj\or bk\or b\ensuremath{\ell}\or
+bm\or bn\or bo\or bp\or bq\or br\or bs\or bt\or bu\or bw\or bx\or by\or
+bz\or ca\or cb\or cc\or cd\or ce\or cf\or cg\or ch\or ci\or cj\or ck\or
+c\ensuremath{\ell}\or cm\or cn\or co\or cp\or cq\or cr\or cs\or ct\or
+cu\or cw\or cx\or cy\or cz\or da\or db\or dc\or dd\or de\or df\or dg\or
+dh\or di\or dj\or dk\or d\ensuremath{\ell}\or dm\or dn\or do\or dp\or
+dq\or dr\or ds\or dt\or du\or dw\or dx\or dy\or dz\or ea\or eb\or ec\or
+ed\or ee\or ef\or eg\or eh\or ei\or ej\or ek\or e\ensuremath{\ell}\or
+em\or en\or eo\or ep\or eq\or er\or es\or et\or eu\or ew\or ex\or ey\or
+ez\else\@ctrerr\fi}
 \def\fnstar#1{\@fnstar{\@nameuse{c@#1}}}
 \def\@fnstar#1{\ifcase#1\or
     \hbox{$\star$}\or
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 53676d244ce..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,913 +0,0 @@
-% Document-style collection for journals published by Elsevier Science. 
-% To be used with LaTeX version 2.09 of 14 January 1992 (or later) 
-%
-% Version: 2.23
-% Date:    4 July 1995
-%
-% Copyright (C) 1994 by Elsevier Science. All rights reserved.
-%
-% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%
-% You are not allowed to change this file. You may however copy this file 
-% to a file with a different name and then change the copy. 
-% 
-% You are NOT ALLOWED to distribute this file alone. You are NOT ALLOWED 
-% to take money for the distribution or use of this file (or a changed 
-% version) except for a nominal charge for copying etc. 
-% 
-% You are allowed to distribute this file under the condition that it is 
-% distributed together with all files mentioned in readme.els. 
-% 
-% If you receive only some of these files from someone, complain! 
-% 
-%
-\def\esp@fileversion{2.23}
-\def\esp@filedate{4 July 1995}
-\def\@shortjnl{\@nil}
-\def\@@shortjnl{\@nil}
-\def\@journal{Elsevier Science}
-\def\@issn{0}
-\def\@jid{ELSART} \def\@shortjid{elsart}
-\typeout{Elsevier Science preprint document style
-\esp@fileversion \space\space <\esp@filedate>}
-\def\partname{Part}
-\def\contentsname{Contents}
-\def\listfigurename{List of Figures}
-\def\listtablename{List of Tables}
-\def\refname{References}
-\def\indexname{Index}
-\def\figurename{Fig.}
-\def\tablename{Table}
-\def\abstractname{Abstract}
-\def\@ptsize{2}
-\def\ds@twoside{\@twosidetrue
-                \@mparswitchtrue}
-\def\ds@oneside{\@twosidefalse
-                \@mparswitchfalse}
-\@twocolumnfalse
-\newif\if@TwoColumn
-\def\ds@onecolumn{\@twocolumnfalse
-                  \@TwoColumnfalse}
-\def\ds@twocolumn{\@twocolumnfalse
-                  \@TwoColumntrue}
-\@TwoColumnfalse
-\@twosidefalse
-\@namedef{ds@10pt}{}
-\@namedef{ds@11pt}{}
-\def\ds@fleqn{}
-\def\@pagenumprefix{}
-\newif\if@draft \@draftfalse
-\def\query{}
-\def\ds@draft{%
-\@drafttrue
-\def\query{\marginpar{???}}%
-\overfullrule 5pt}
-\let\snm\relax \let\cty\relax \let\cny\relax
-\newif\if@seceqn
-\@seceqnfalse
-\def\ds@seceqn{\@seceqntrue}
-\newif\if@secthm
-\@secthmfalse
-\def\ds@secthm{\@secthmtrue}
-\newif\if@secfloat
-\@secfloatfalse
-\def\ds@secfloat{\@secfloattrue}
-\def\ds@secnum{\@seceqntrue \@secfloattrue \@secthmtrue}%
-\newif\if@nameyear
-\@nameyearfalse
-\def\ds@nameyear{\@nameyeartrue}
-\newif\if@nfss
-\@ifundefined{selectfont}{\@nfssfalse}{\@nfsstrue}
-\@options
-\input \@shortjid1\@ptsize.sty\relax
-\def\left@label#1{{#1}\hss}
-\def\right@label#1{\hss\llap{#1}}
-\def\thick@label#1{\hspace\labelsep #1}
-\newcount\@maxlistdepth
-\@maxlistdepth=2
-\def\labelitemi{--}
-\def\labelitemii{$\cdot$}
-\def\labelenumi{(\theenumi)}        \def\theenumi{\roman{enumi}}
-\def\labelenumii{(\theenumii)}      \def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
-	\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
-\def\enumerate{%
-  \ifnum \@enumdepth >\@maxlistdepth
-    \@toodeep
-  \else
-    \advance\@enumdepth \@ne
-    \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}%
-    \list{\csname label\@enumctr\endcsname}%
-       {\usecounter{\@enumctr}
-       \let\makelabel=\right@label}
-  \fi}
-\def\itemize{%
-  \ifnum \@itemdepth >\@maxlistdepth
-    \@toodeep
-  \else
-    \advance\@itemdepth \@ne
-    \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}%
-    \setleftmargin{i}{--}%
-    \setleftmargin{ii}{$\cdot$}%
-    \list{\csname\@itemitem\endcsname}%
-       {\let\makelabel\right@label}
-  \fi}
-\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
-  \list{}{\itemsep\z@
-  \itemindent \z@
-  \listparindent\z@
-  \rightmargin 1em
-  \leftmargin \rightmargin}\item[]}
-\let\endverse\endlist
-\def\quotation{\list{}{\itemindent\z@
-  \leftmargin 1em \rightmargin \z@
-  \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]}
-\let\endquotation=\endlist
-\def\quote{\list{}{\itemindent\z@
-  \leftmargin 1em \rightmargin\z@}\item[]}
-\let\endquote=\endlist
-\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
-\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@
-  \leftmargin 1em \itemindent-\leftmargin
-  \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
-\let\enddescription\endlist
-\def\operatorname#1{\mathop{\mathrm{#1}}\nolimits}
-\def\lefteqn#1{\hbox to\z@{$\displaystyle {#1}$\hss}}
-\newskip\eqnbaselineskip
-\jot=2pt
-\newskip\eqnlineskip
-\eqnbaselineskip=14pt  \eqnlineskip=2pt
-\newdimen\mathindent
-\if@TwoColumn
-  \mathindent 0em
-\else
-  \mathindent 2em
-\fi
-\def\[{\relax\ifmmode\@badmath
-  \else%
-  \@beginparpenalty\predisplaypenalty
-  \@endparpenalty\postdisplaypenalty
-  \begin{trivlist}\@topsep \eqntopsep
-   \@topsepadd \eqntopsep
-  \item[]\leavevmode
-  \hbox to\linewidth\bgroup$ \displaystyle
-  \hskip\mathindent\bgroup\fi}
-\def\]{\relax\ifmmode \egroup $\hfil \egroup
-  \end{trivlist}%
-  \addvspace{-\parskip}%
-  \else \@badmath \fi
-}
-\def\equation{\@beginparpenalty\predisplaypenalty
-  \@endparpenalty\postdisplaypenalty
-\refstepcounter{equation}\trivlist
-   \@topsep \eqntopsep
-   \@topsepadd \eqntopsep
-   \item[]\leavevmode
-  \hbox to\linewidth\bgroup $ \displaystyle \hskip\mathindent\bgroup}
-\def\endequation{\egroup$\hfil \displaywidth\linewidth
-  \@eqnnum\egroup \endtrivlist \addvspace{-\parskip}%
-}
-\def\eqnarray{%
-  \parskip \z@
-  \par
-  \noindent
-  \baselineskip\eqnbaselineskip\lineskip\eqnlineskip
-  \lineskiplimit\eqnlineskip
-  \stepcounter{equation}%
-  \let\@currentlabel=\theequation
-  \global\@eqnswtrue
-  \global\@eqcnt\z@ \tabskip\mathindent \let\\=\@eqncr
-  \abovedisplayskip\eqntopsep\ifvmode\advance\abovedisplayskip\partopsep\fi
-  \belowdisplayskip\abovedisplayskip
-  \belowdisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
-  \abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
-  $$\halign to \displaywidth\bgroup\@eqnsel
-    \pre@coli$\displaystyle\tabskip\z@{##}$\post@coli
-    &\global\@eqcnt\@ne
-    \pre@colii$\displaystyle{##}$\post@colii
-    &\global\@eqcnt\tw@
-    \pre@coliii $\displaystyle\tabskip\z@{##}$\post@coliii
-    \tabskip\@centering&\llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
-\def\endeqnarray{\@@eqncr\egroup
- \global\advance\c@equation\m@ne$$\global\@ignoretrue }
-\def\pre@coli{\hskip\@centering}              \def\post@coli{}
-\def\pre@colii{\hskip 2\eqnarraycolsep \hfil} \def\post@colii{\hfil}
-\def\pre@coliii{\hskip 2\eqnarraycolsep}      \def\post@coliii{\hfil}
-\arraycolsep 2pt
-\tabcolsep 6pt
-\def\arraystretch{1.5}
-\arrayrulewidth 0.4pt
-\doublerulesep 2pt
-\tabbingsep \labelsep
-\skip\@mpfootins = 6pt plus 2pt
-\fboxsep = 7pt
-\fboxrule = 0.4pt
-\newcounter{part}
-\newcounter{section}
-\newcounter{subsection}[section]
-\newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection]
-\newcounter{paragraph}[subsubsection]
-\newcounter{subparagraph}[paragraph]
-\def\thepart {\Roman{part}}
-\newcounter{table}
-\newcounter{figure}
-\if@seceqn
- \@addtoreset{equation}{section}
- \def\theequation{\arabic{section}.\arabic{equation}}
-\else
- \def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
-\fi
-\if@secfloat
- \@addtoreset{table}{section}
- \def\thetable{\arabic{section}.\arabic{table}}
- \@addtoreset{figure}{section}
- \def\thefigure{\arabic{section}.\arabic{figure}}
-\else
- \def\thefigure{\arabic{figure}}
- \def\thetable{\arabic{table}}
-\fi
-\def\thesection      {\arabic{section}}
-\def\thesubsection   {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
-\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
-\def\theparagraph    {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
-\def\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
-\def\qed{\relax\ifmmode\hskip2em \Box\else\unskip\nobreak\hskip1em $\Box$\fi}
-\let\proof@headerfont\bf
-\ifx\normalshape\undefined
-  \gdef\normalshape{\rm}
-\fi
-\newenvironment{pf}%
-  {\par\addvspace{\@bls plus 0.5\@bls minus 0.1\@bls}\noindent
-   {\bf\proofname}\enspace\ignorespaces}%
-  {\par\addvspace{\@bls plus 0.5\@bls minus 0.1\@bls}}
-\def\proofname{Proof.}
-\@namedef{pf*}#1{\par\begingroup\def\proofname{#1}\pf\endgroup\ignorespaces}
-\expandafter\let\csname endpf*\endcsname=\endpf
-\if@secthm
- \newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}[section]
-\else
- \newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}
-\fi
-\newtheorem{cor}[thm]{Corollary}
-\newtheorem{lem}[thm]{Lemma}
-\newtheorem{claim}[thm]{Claim}
-\newtheorem{axiom}[thm]{Axiom}
-\newtheorem{conj}[thm]{Conjecture}
-\newtheorem{fact}[thm]{Fact}
-\newtheorem{hypo}[thm]{Hypothesis}
-\newtheorem{assum}[thm]{Assumption}
-\newtheorem{prop}[thm]{Proposition}
-\newtheorem{crit}[thm]{Criterion}
-\newtheorem{defn}[thm]{Definition}
-\newtheorem{exmp}[thm]{Example}
-\newtheorem{rem}[thm]{Remark}
-\newtheorem{prob}[thm]{Problem}
-\newtheorem{prin}[thm]{Principle}
-\newtheorem{alg}{Algorithm}
-\long\def\@makealgocaption#1#2{\vskip 2ex \small
-  \hbox to \hsize{\parbox[t]{\hsize}{{\bf #1.} #2}}}
-\newcounter{algorithm}
-\def\thealgorithm{\@arabic\c@algorithm}
-\def\fps@algorithm{tbp}
-\def\ftype@algorithm{4}
-\def\ext@algorithm{lof}
-\def\fnum@algorithm{Algorithm \thealgorithm}
-\def\algorithm{\let\@makecaption\@makealgocaption\@float{algorithm}}
-\let\endalgorithm\end@float
-\newtheorem{note}{Note}
-\newtheorem{summ}{Summary}
-\newtheorem{case}{Case}
-\def\@pnumwidth{2.55em}
-\def\@tocrmarg{2.55em plus 5em}
-\def\@dotsep{-2.5}
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
-\def\tableofcontents{%
-  \section*{\contentsname}%
-  \@starttoc{toc}}
-\def\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{0.0em}{1.40em}}
-\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.40em}{2.24em}}
-\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{2.24em}{3.09em}}
-\def\thebibliography{%
-  \@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{20pt plus 8pt minus 4pt}
-  {\@bls}{\normalsize\bf}*{\refname}%
-  \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\refname}%
-  \@thebibliography}
-\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
-\def\@thebibliography#1{
-  \small
-  \list{\@biblabel{\arabic{enumiv}}}{\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}
-  \if@nameyear
-    \labelwidth\z@ \labelsep\z@ \leftmargin\parindent
-    \itemindent-\parindent
-  \else
-    \labelsep 3pt \itemindent\z@
-    \leftmargin\labelwidth \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
-\fi
-    \itemsep 0.3\@bls plus 0.1\@bls minus 0.1\@bls
-    \usecounter{enumiv}\let\p@enumiv\@empty
-    \def\theenumiv{\arabic{enumiv}}}%
-    \def\newblock{\hskip 0.11em plus 0.33em minus -0.07em}
-    \tolerance\@M \hyphenpenalty\@M \hbadness5000 \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
-\if@nameyear
-  \def\@biblabel#1{}
-\else
-  \def\@biblabel#1{\hskip \z@ plus 1filll[#1]}
-\fi
-\newcount\@tempcntc
-\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
- \@tempcnta\z@\@tempcntb\m@ne\def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
-  {\@ifundefined
-   {b@\@citeb}{\@citeo\@tempcntb\m@ne\@citea\def\@citea{,}{\bf ?}\@warning
-   {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
-  {\setbox\z@\hbox{\global\@tempcntc0\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname\relax}%
-   \ifnum\@tempcntc=\z@ \@citeo\@tempcntb\m@ne
-    \@citea\def\@citea{,}\hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}%
-   \else
-    \advance\@tempcntb\@ne
-    \ifnum\@tempcntb=\@tempcntc
-    \else\advance\@tempcntb\m@ne\@citeo
-    \@tempcnta\@tempcntc\@tempcntb\@tempcntc\fi\fi}}\@citeo}{#1}}
-\def\@citeo{\ifnum\@tempcnta>\@tempcntb\else\@citea\def\@citea{,}%
- \ifnum\@tempcnta=\@tempcntb\the\@tempcnta\else
-  {\advance\@tempcnta\@ne\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@tempcntb \else \def\@citea{--}\fi
-   \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne\the\@tempcnta\@citea\the\@tempcntb}\fi\fi}
-\@namedef{cv*}{\section*{Curriculum Vitae}\cv}
-\def\cv{\hangindent=7pc \hangafter=-12 \parskip\bigskipamount \small}
-\def\footnote{\@ifnextchar[{\@xfootnote}{\refstepcounter
-   {\@mpfn}\xdef\@thefnmark{\thempfn}\@footnotemark\@footnotetext}}
-\def\footnotemark{\@ifnextchar[{\@xfootnotemark
-    }{\refstepcounter{footnote}\xdef\@thefnmark{\thefootnote}\@footnotemark}}
-\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
-  \hrule width 3pc
-  \kern 2.6\p@}
-\def\thempfootnote{\alph{mpfootnote}}
-\def\mpfootnotemark{%
-  \@ifnextchar[{\@xmpfootnotemark}{\stepcounter{mpfootnote}%
-  \begingroup
-    \let\protect\noexpand
-    \xdef\@thefnmark{\thempfootnote}%
-  \endgroup
-  \@footnotemark}}
-\def\@xmpfootnotemark[#1]{%
-  \begingroup
-    \c@mpfootnote #1\relax
-    \let\protect\noexpand
-    \xdef\@thefnmark{\thempfootnote}%
-  \endgroup
-  \@footnotemark}
-\def\@mpmakefnmark{\,\hbox{$^{\mathrm{\@thefnmark}}$}}
-\long\def\@mpmakefntext#1{\noindent
-                     \hbox{$^{\mathrm{\@thefnmark}}$} #1}
-\def\@iminipage[#1]#2{\leavevmode
-  \@pboxswfalse
-  \if #1b\vbox
-  \else \if #1t\vtop
-  \else \ifmmode \vcenter
-  \else \@pboxswtrue $\vcenter
-  \fi \fi \fi
-  \bgroup \hsize #2\textwidth\hsize \columnwidth\hsize
-  \@parboxrestore
-  \def\@mpfn{mpfootnote}\def\thempfn{\thempfootnote}\c@mpfootnote\z@
-  \let\@footnotetext\@mpfootnotetext
-  \let\@makefntext\@mpmakefntext
-  \let\@makefnmark\@mpmakefnmark
-  \let\@listdepth\@mplistdepth \@mplistdepth\z@
-  \@minipagerestore\global\@minipagetrue
-  \everypar{\global\@minipagefalse\everypar{}}}
-\def\fn@presym{}
-\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent\hbox to 1em
-  {\hfil$^{\fn@presym\mathrm{\@thefnmark}}$}\,#1}
-\def\@makefnmark{\,\hbox{$^{\fn@presym\mathrm{\@thefnmark}}$}\,}
-\setcounter{topnumber}{5}
-\def\topfraction{0.99}
-\def\textfraction{0.05}
-\def\floatpagefraction{0.9}
-\setcounter{bottomnumber}{5}
-\def\bottomfraction{0.99}
-\setcounter{totalnumber}{10}
-\def\dbltopfraction{0.99}
-\def\dblfloatpagefraction{0.8}
-\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{5}
-\newbox\@tempboxb
-\long\def\@maketablecaption#1#2{\small
-  \hbox to \hsize{\parbox[t]{\hsize}{#1 \\ #2}}}
-\long\def\@makefigurecaption#1#2{\small
-  \vskip 8pt
-  \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1. #2}
-  \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
-    \unhbox\@tempboxa\par
-  \else
-    \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
-  \fi}
-\def\conttablecaption{\par \begingroup \@parboxrestore \normalsize
-  \@makecaption{\fnum@table\,---\,continued}{}\par
-  \vskip-1pc \endgroup}
-\def\contfigurecaption{\vskip-1pc \par \begingroup \@parboxrestore \normalsize
-  \@makecaption{\fnum@figure\,---\,continued}{}\par
-  \endgroup}
-\def\fps@figure{tbp}
-\def\ftype@figure{1}
-\def\ext@figure{lof}
-\def\fnum@figure{\figurename~\thefigure}
-\def\figure{\let\@makecaption\@makefigurecaption
-  \let\contcaption\contfigurecaption \@float{figure}}
-\let\endfigure\end@float
-\@namedef{figure*}{\let\@makecaption\@makefigurecaption
-  \let\contcaption\contfigurecaption \@dblfloat{figure}}
-\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}
-\def\fps@table{tbp}
-\def\ftype@table{2}
-\def\ext@table{lot}
-\def\fnum@table{\tablename~\thetable}
-\def\table{\let\@makecaption\@maketablecaption \small
-  \let\footnoterule\relax
-  \let\contcaption\conttablecaption \@float{table}}
-\let\endtable\end@float
-\@namedef{table*}{\let\@makecaption\@maketablecaption \small
-  \let\footnoterule\relax
-  \let\contcaption\conttablecaption \@dblfloat{table}}
-\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}
-\newtoks\t@glob@notes
-\newtoks\t@loc@notes
-\newcount\note@cnt
-\newcounter{author}
-\newcount\n@author
-\def\n@author@{}
-\newcounter{collab}
-\newcount\n@collab
-\def\n@collab@{}
-\newcounter{address}
-\newdimen\sv@mathsurround
-\newcount\sv@hyphenpenalty
-\newcount\prev@elem \prev@elem=0
-\newcount\cur@elem  \cur@elem=0
-\chardef\e@title=1
-\chardef\e@subtitle=1
-\chardef\e@author=2
-\chardef\e@collab=3
-\chardef\e@address=4
-\newif\if@newelem
-\newif\if@firstauthor
-\newif\if@preface
-\newif\if@hasabstract
-\newbox\fm@box
-\newdimen\fm@size
-\newbox\t@abstract
-\newbox\t@keyword
-\let\report@elt\@gobble
-\def\add@tok#1#2{\global#1\expandafter{\the#1#2}}
-\def\add@xtok#1#2{\begingroup
-  \no@harm
-  \xdef\@act{\global\noexpand#1{\the#1#2}}\@act
-\endgroup}
-\def\beg@elem{\global\t@loc@notes={}\global\note@cnt\z@}
-\def\@xnamedef#1{\expandafter\xdef\csname #1\endcsname}
-\def\no@harm{%
-  \let\\=\relax  \let\rm\relax
-  \let\ss=\relax \let\ae=\relax \let\oe=\relax
-  \let\AE=\relax \let\OE=\relax
-  \let\o=\relax  \let\O=\relax
-  \let\i=\relax  \let\j=\relax
-  \let\aa=\relax \let\AA=\relax
-  \let\l=\relax  \let\L=\relax
-  \let\d=\relax  \let\b=\relax \let\c=\relax
-  \let\bar=\relax
-  \def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}}
-\def\proc@elem#1#2{\begingroup
-    \no@harm
-    \let\thanksref\@gobble
-    \@xnamedef{@#1}{#2}%
-  \endgroup
-  \prev@elem=\cur@elem
-  \cur@elem=\csname e@#1\endcsname
-  \expandafter\elem@nothanksref#2\thanksref\relax}
-\def\elem@nothanksref#1\thanksref{\futurelet\@peektok\elem@thanksref}
-\def\elem@thanksref{\ifx\@peektok\relax
-  \else \expandafter\elem@morethanksref \fi}
-\def\elem@morethanksref#1{\add@thanksref{#1}\elem@nothanksref}
-\def\add@thanksref#1{\global\advance\note@cnt\@ne
-  \ifnum\note@cnt>\@ne \add@xtok\t@loc@notes{\note@sep}\fi
-  \add@tok\t@loc@notes{\ref{#1}}}
-\def\note@sep{,}
-\def\thanks{\@ifnextchar[{\@tempswatrue
-  \thanks@optarg}{\@tempswafalse\thanks@optarg[]}}
-\def\thanks@optarg[#1]#2{\refstepcounter{footnote}\if@tempswa
-  \label{#1}\else\relax\fi
-  \add@tok\t@glob@notes{\footnotetext}%
-  \add@xtok\t@glob@notes{[\the\c@footnote]}%
-  \add@tok\t@glob@notes{{#2}}}
-\def\frontmatter{%
-  \let\@corresp@note\relax
-  \global\t@glob@notes={}\global\c@author\z@
-  \global\c@collab\z@ \global\c@address\z@
-  \sv@mathsurround\mathsurround \m@th
-  \global\n@author=0\n@author@\relax
-  \global\n@collab=0\n@collab@\relax
-  \global\advance\n@author\m@ne
-  \global\advance\n@collab\m@ne
-  \global\@firstauthortrue
-  \global\@hasabstractfalse
-  \global\@prefacefalse
-  \@ifundefined{RIfM@}{}{\undo@AMS}%
-  \parskip 4\p@
-  \open@fm \ignorespaces}
-\def\preface{\@prefacetrue}
-\def\endfrontmatter{\global\n@author=\c@author
-  \global\n@collab=\c@collab \@writecount
-  \global\@topnum\z@
-  \ifx\@firstpage\@lastpage
-    \gdef\@pagerange{\@pagenumprefix\@firstpage}
-  \else
-    \gdef\@pagerange{\@pagenumprefix\@firstpage--\@pagenumprefix\@lastpage}
-  \fi
-  \thispagestyle{copyright}%
-  \if@preface \else
-  \history@fmt
-  \newcount\c@sv@footnote
-  \global\c@sv@footnote=\c@footnote
-  \if@hasabstract
-    \vskip 24pt plus 6pt minus 3pt
-    \hrule height 0.4pt
-    \vskip 8pt
-    \unvbox\t@abstract
-    \unvbox\t@keyword
-    \vskip 10pt
-    \hrule height 0.4pt
-  \fi
-  \dedicated@fmt
-  \vskip 18pt
-  \fi
-  \close@fm
-  \output@glob@notes
-  \global\c@footnote=\c@sv@footnote
-  \global\@prefacefalse
-  \global\leftskip\z@
-  \global\@rightskip\z@
-  \global\rightskip\@rightskip
-  \global\mathsurround\sv@mathsurround
-  \let\title\relax       \let\author\relax
-  \let\collab\relax      \let\address\relax
-  \let\frontmatter\relax \let\endfrontmatter\relax
-  \let\@maketitle\relax  \let\@@maketitle\relax
-  \normal@text}
-\let\maketitle\relax
-\newdimen\t@xtheight
-\splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
-\t@xtheight\textheight \advance\t@xtheight-\splittopskip
-\def\open@fm{\global\setbox\fm@box=\vbox\bgroup
-  \hsize=\textwidth
-  \centering
-  \sv@hyphenpenalty\hyphenpenalty
-  \hyphenpenalty\@M}
-\def\close@fm{\egroup
-  \fm@size=\dp\fm@box \advance\fm@size by \ht\fm@box
-  \@whiledim\fm@size>\t@xtheight \do{%
-    \global\setbox\@tempboxa=\vsplit\fm@box to \t@xtheight
-    \unvbox\@tempboxa \newpage
-    \fm@size=\dp\fm@box \advance\fm@size by \ht\fm@box}
-  \if@TwoColumn
-    \twocolumn[\unvbox\fm@box] \@TwoColumnParms
-  \else
-    \unvbox\fm@box
-  \fi}
-\def\output@glob@notes{\bgroup
-  \the\t@glob@notes
-  \egroup}
-\def\justify@off{\let\\=\@normalcr
-  \leftskip\z@ \@rightskip\@flushglue \rightskip\@rightskip}
-\def\justify@on{\let\\=\@normalcr
-  \leftskip\z@ \@rightskip\z@ \rightskip\@rightskip}
-\def\normal@text{\global\let\\=\@normalcr
-  \global\leftskip\z@ \global\@rightskip\z@ \global\rightskip\@rightskip
-  \global\parfillskip\@flushglue}
-\def\@writecount{\write\@mainaux{\string\global
-  \string\@namedef{n@author@}{\the\n@author}}%
-  \write\@mainaux{\string\global\string
-  \@namedef{n@collab@}{\the\n@collab}}}
-\def\title{\@ifnextchar[{\@@title}{\@@title[]}}
-\def\@@title[#1]#2{%
-  \beg@elem
-  \title@note@fmt
-  \add@tok\t@glob@notes
-    {\title@note@fmt}%
-  \proc@elem{title}{#2}%
-  \def\title@notes{\the\t@loc@notes}%
-  \title@fmt{\@title}{\title@notes}%
-  \ignorespaces}
-\def\subtitle#1{%
-  \beg@elem
-  \proc@elem{subtitle}{#1}%
-  \def\title@notes{\the\t@loc@notes}%
-  \subtitle@fmt{\@subtitle}{\title@notes}%
-  \ignorespaces}
-\newdimen \@logoheight \@logoheight 5pc
-\newdimen \@logowidth
-\@logowidth 30mm
-\def\title@fmt#1#2{%
-  \vspace*{12pt}
-  {\Large #1\,\hbox{$^{#2}$}\par}%
-  \vskip 24pt
-  }
-\def\subtitle@fmt#1#2{%
-  {\Large #1\,\hbox{$^{#2}$}\par}}
-\def\title@note@fmt{\def\thefootnote{\fnstar{footnote}}}
-\def\author{\@ifnextchar[{\author@optarg}{\author@optarg[]}}
-\def\author@optarg[#1]#2{\stepcounter{author}%
-  \beg@elem
-  \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{\expandafter\add@thanksref\expandafter{\@tempa}}%
-  \report@elt{author}\proc@elem{author}{#2}%
-  \author@fmt{\the\c@author}{\the\t@loc@notes}{\@author}}%
-\def\author@fmt#1#2#3{\@newelemtrue
-  \if@firstauthor
-  \first@author \global\@firstauthorfalse \fi
-  \ifnum\prev@elem=\e@author \global\@newelemfalse \fi
-  \if@newelem \author@fmt@init \fi
-  \edef\@tempb{#2}\ifx\@tempb\@empty
-    \hbox{#3}\else
-    \hbox{#3\,$^{\mathrm{#2}}$}%
-  \fi}
-\def\first@author{\author@note@fmt
-  \add@tok\t@glob@notes
-    {\author@note@fmt\@corresp@note}}%
-\def\author@fmt@init{%
-  \par
-  \vskip 8pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-  \large
-  \leavevmode}
-\def\and{\unskip~and~}
-\def\collab{\@ifstar{\collab@arg}{\collab@arg}}
-\let\collaboration=\collab
-\def\collab@arg#1{\stepcounter{collab}%
-  \if@firstauthor \first@collab \global\@firstauthorfalse \fi
-  \beg@elem
-  \proc@elem{collab}{#1}%
-  \collab@fmt{\the\c@collab}{\the\t@loc@notes}{\@collab}%
-  \ignorespaces}
-\def\collab@fmt#1#2#3{\@newelemtrue
-  \ifnum\prev@elem=\e@collab \global\@newelemfalse \fi
-  \if@newelem \collab@fmt@init \fi
-  \par
-  {\large #3\,$^{\mathrm{#2}}$}}
-\def\first@collab{
-  \collab@note@fmt
-  \add@tok\t@glob@notes{\collab@note@fmt\@corresp@note}}%
-\def\collab@fmt@init{\vskip 1em}
-\def\author@note@fmt{\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
-  \def\thefootnote{\xarabic{footnote}}}
-\let\collab@note@fmt=\author@note@fmt
-\def\xarabic#1{%
-  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\ifnum\expandafter\the\@nameuse{c@#1}<0
-  *\else\arabic{#1} \fi}
-\def\address{\@ifstar{\address@star}%
-  {\@ifnextchar[{\address@optarg}{\address@noptarg}}}
-\def\address@optarg[#1]#2{\refstepcounter{address}%
-  \beg@elem
-  \report@elt{address}\proc@elem{address}{#2}%
-  \address@fmt{\the\c@address}{\the\t@loc@notes}{\@address}\label{#1}%
-  \ignorespaces}
-\def\address@noptarg#1{\refstepcounter{address}%
-  \beg@elem
-  \proc@elem{address}{#1}%
-  \address@fmt{\z@}{\the\t@loc@notes}{\@address}%
-  \ignorespaces}
-\def\address@star#1{%
-  \beg@elem
-  \proc@elem{address}{#1}%
-  \address@fmt{\m@ne}{\the\t@loc@notes}{\@address}%
-  \ignorespaces}
-\def\theaddress{\alph{address}}
-\def\address@fmt#1#2#3{\@newelemtrue
-  \ifnum\prev@elem=\e@address \@newelemfalse \fi
-  \if@newelem \address@fmt@init \fi
-  \noindent \bgroup \small\it
-  \ifnum#1=\z@
-    #3\,$^{\mathrm{#2}}$\space%
-  \else
-    \ifnum#1=\m@ne
-      $^{\phantom{\mathrm{\theaddress}}}$\space #3\,$^{\mathrm{#2}}$%
-    \else
-      $^{\mathrm{\theaddress}}$\space #3\,$^{\mathrm{#2}}$%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \par \egroup}
-\def\address@fmt@init{%
-  \par
-  \vskip 6pt plus 3pt minus 1.5pt}
-\def\abstract{\@ifnextchar[{\@abstract}{\@abstract[]}}
-\def\@abstract[#1]{%
-  \global\@hasabstracttrue
-  \hyphenpenalty\sv@hyphenpenalty
-  \global\setbox\t@abstract=\vbox\bgroup
-  \leftskip\z@
-  \@rightskip\z@ \rightskip\@rightskip \parfillskip\@flushglue
-  \small
-  \parindent 1em
-  \noindent {\bf\abstractname}
-  \vskip 0.5\@bls
-  \ignorespaces}
-\def\endabstract{\par \egroup}
-\def\keyword#1{%
-  \global\@hasabstracttrue
-  \hyphenpenalty\sv@hyphenpenalty
-  \def\sep{\unskip; }
-  \def\MSC{\par\leavevmode\hbox {\it 1991 MSC:\ }}%
-  \def\PACS{\par\leavevmode\hbox {\it PACS:\ }}%
-  \def\JEL{\par\leavevmode\hbox {\it JEL classification:\ }}%
-  \def\UK{\par\leavevmode\hbox {\it Keywords:\ }}%
-  \let\CK\relax
-  \global\setbox\t@keyword=\vbox\bgroup
-  \small
-  \parskip\z@
-  \vskip 10pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-  \noindent
-  \justify@off
-  \UK #1%
-}
-\def\endkeyword{\par \egroup}
-\def\journal#1{\gdef\@journal{#1}}
-\def\volume#1{\gdef\@volume{#1}}       \def\@volume{0}
-\def\issue#1{\gdef\@issue{#1}}         \def\@issue{0}
-\newcount\@pubyear
-\newcount\@copyear
-\@pubyear=\number\year
-\@copyear\@pubyear \advance\@copyear-1900
-\def\pubyear#1{\global\@pubyear#1
-  \global\@copyear\@pubyear \global\advance\@copyear-1900
-  \ignorespaces}
-\def\firstpage#1{\def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
-  \gdef\@firstpage{#1}\gdef\@lastpage{#1}%
-  \global\c@page=#1 \ignorespaces\fi
-  }
-\def\@firstpage{1}
-\def\lastpage#1{\def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
-  \gdef\@lastpage{#1}\ignorespaces\fi}
-\def\@lastpage{0}
-\def\@pagerange{1--0}
-\def\date#1{\gdef\@date{#1}}                  \def\@date{\today}
-\def\aid#1{}
-\def\ssdi#1#2{}
-\def\received#1{\def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\gdef\@received{#1}\fi}
-  \def\@received{\@nil}
-\def\revised#1{\def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\gdef\@revised{#1}\fi}
-  \def\@revised{\@nil}
-\def\accepted#1{\def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\gdef\@accepted{#1}\fi}
-  \def\@accepted{\@nil}
-\def\communicated#1{\def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\gdef\@communicated{#1}\fi}
-  \def\@communicated{\@nil}
-\def\dedicated#1{\def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\gdef\@dedicated{#1}\fi}
-  \def\@dedicated{\@nil}
-\def\presented#1{\def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\gdef\@presented{#1}\fi}
-  \def\@presented{\@nil}
-\def\articletype#1{\gdef\@articletype{#1}}
-  \@ifundefined{@articletype}{\def\@articletype{}}{}
-\def\received@prefix{Received~}
-\def\revised@prefix{; revised~}
-\def\accepted@prefix{; accepted~}
-\def\communicated@prefix{\\Communicated~by~}
-\def\history@prefix{}
-\def\received@postfix{}
-\def\revised@postfix{}
-\def\accepted@postfix{}
-\def\communicated@postfix{}
-\def\history@postfix{}
-\def\empty@data{\@nil}
-\def\history@fmt{%
-  \bgroup
-  \small
-  \vskip 6pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \ifx\@received\empty@data \else
-    \leavevmode
-    \history@prefix
-    \received@prefix\@received \received@postfix%
-    \ifx\@revised\empty@data \else
-      \revised@prefix\@revised \revised@postfix%
-    \fi
-    \ifx\@accepted\empty@data \else
-      \accepted@prefix\@accepted \accepted@postfix%
-    \fi
-    \ifx\@communicated\empty@data \else
-      \communicated@prefix\@communicated \communicated@postfix%
-    \fi
-    \history@postfix
-  \fi
-  \par \egroup}
-\def\dedicated@fmt{%
-  \ifx\@dedicated\empty@data \else
-    \vskip 4pt plus 3pt
-    \normalsize\it\centering \@dedicated
-    \fi}
-\def\@ialph#1{\ifcase#1\or \or \or \or \or e\or f\or g\or h\or i\or j\or
-  k\or \protect\text{$\ell$}\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or
-  y\or z\or aa\or ab\or ac\or ad\or ae\or af\or ag\or ah\or ai\or aj\or
-  ak\or a\protect\text{$\ell$}\or am\or an\or ao\or ap\or aq\or ar\or as\or at\or au\or av\or
-  aw\or ay\or az\or ba\or bb\or bc\or bd\or be\or bf\or bg\or bh\or bi\or
-  bj\or bk\or b\protect\text{$\ell$}\or bm\or bn\or bo\or bp\or bq\or br\or bs\or bt\or
-  bu\or bw\or bx\or by\or bz\or ca\or cb\or cc\or cd\or ce\or cf\or cg\or
-  ch\or ci\or cj\or ck\or c\protect\text{$\ell$}\or cm\or cn\or co\or cp\or cq\or cr\or
-  cs\or ct\or cu\or cw\or cx\or cy\or cz\else\@ctrerr\fi}
-\def\fnstar#1{\@fnstar{\@nameuse{c@#1}}}
-\def\@fnstar#1{\ifcase#1\or
-    \hbox{$\star$}\or
-    \hbox{$\star\star$}\or
-    \hbox{$\star\star\star$}\or
-    \hbox{$\star\star\star\star$}\or
-    \hbox{$\star\star\star\star\star$}\or
-    \hbox{$\star\star\star\star\star\star$}
-  \else
-    \@ctrerr
-  \fi
-  \relax}
-\mark{{}{}}
-\def\ps@plain{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
- \def\@oddhead{}%
- \def\@evenhead{}%
- \def\@oddfoot{\hfil {\rm\thepage} \hfil}%
- \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}
-\def\@copyright{\@issn/\the\@copyear/\$\@price\ $\copyright$\ \the\@pubyear\
-  Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved}
-\def\@jou@vol@pag{\@journal\ \@volume\ (\the\@pubyear)\ \@pagerange}
-\let\@j@v@p\@jou@vol@pag
-\let\@@j@v@p\@jou@vol@pag
-\def\sectionmark#1{}
-\def\subsectionmark#1{}
-\def\ps@copyright{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
-  \def\@oddhead{}%
-  \let\@evenhead\@oddhead
-  \def\@oddfoot{\small\sl
-    \def\@tempa{0}
-    \ifx\@volume\@tempa
-      Preprint submitted to \@journal\hfil\@date\/%
-    \else
-      Article published in \@jou@vol@pag\hfil\hbox{}\fi}%
-  \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
-}
-\let\ps@noissn\ps@empty
-\let\ps@headings\ps@plain
-\def\today{\number\day\space\ifcase\month\or
-  January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
-  July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
-  \space\number\year}
-\if@nfss \relax \else
-  \def\mathrm#1{{\rm #1}}
-\fi
-\def\nuc#1#2{\relax\ifmmode{}^{#1}{\protect\text{#2}}\else${}^{#1}$#2\fi}
-\def\itnuc#1#2{\setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox{\scriptsize\it #1}
-  \def\@tempa{{}^{\box\@tempboxa}\!\protect\text{\it #2}}\relax
-  \ifmmode \@tempa \else $\@tempa$\fi}
-\let\old@vec\vec
-\def\pol#1{\old@vec{#1}}
-\def\@bfvec#1{\boldsymbol{#1}}
-\def\@pmbfvec#1{\pmb{#1}}
-\def\undo@AMS{\global\let\vec\@bfvec}
-\def\half{{\textstyle {1\over2}}}
-\def\threehalf{{\textstyle {3\over2}}}
-\def\quart{{\textstyle {1\over4}}}
-\def\d{\,\mathrm{d}}
-\def\e{\mathop{\mathrm{e}}\nolimits}
-\def\int{\intop}
-\def\oint{\ointop}
-\newbox\slashbox \setbox\slashbox=\hbox{$/$}
-\newbox\Slashbox \setbox\Slashbox=\hbox{\large$/$}
-\def\pFMslash#1{\setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox{$#1$}
-  \@tempdima=0.5\wd\slashbox \advance\@tempdima 0.5\wd\@tempboxa
-  \copy\slashbox \kern-\@tempdima \box\@tempboxa}
-\def\pFMSlash#1{\setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox{$#1$}
-  \@tempdima=0.5\wd\Slashbox \advance\@tempdima 0.5\wd\@tempboxa
-  \copy\Slashbox \kern-\@tempdima \box\@tempboxa}
-\def\FMslash{\protect\pFMslash}
-\def\FMSlash{\protect\pFMSlash}
-\mathchardef\Gamma="0000
-\mathchardef\Delta="0001
-\mathchardef\Theta="0002
-\mathchardef\Lambda="0003
-\mathchardef\Xi="0004
-\mathchardef\Pi="0005
-\mathchardef\Sigma="0006
-\mathchardef\Upsilon="0007
-\mathchardef\Phi="0008
-\mathchardef\Psi="0009
-\mathchardef\Omega="000A
-\mathchardef\varGamma="0100
-\mathchardef\varDelta="0101
-\mathchardef\varTheta="0102
-\mathchardef\varLambda="0103
-\mathchardef\varXi="0104
-\mathchardef\varPi="0105
-\mathchardef\varSigma="0106
-\mathchardef\varUpsilon="0107
-\mathchardef\varPhi="0108
-\mathchardef\varPsi="0109
-\mathchardef\varOmega="010A
-\if@nfss
-  \def\Cset{\Bbb{C}}
-  \def\Hset{\Bbb{H}}
-  \def\Nset{\Bbb{N}}
-  \def\Qset{\Bbb{Q}}
-  \def\Rset{\Bbb{R}}
-  \def\Zset{\Bbb{Z}}
-\fi
-\ps@headings
-\pagenumbering{arabic}
-\def\thepage{\@pagenumprefix\arabic{page}}
-\endinput
-
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart12.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart12.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 5448f928d5d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart12.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-% Document-style collection for journals published by Elsevier Science. 
-% To be used with LaTeX version 2.09 of 14 January 1992 (or later) 
-%
-% Version: 2.23
-% Date:    4 July 1995
-%
-% Copyright (C) 1994 by Elsevier Science. All rights reserved.
-%
-% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
-%
-% You are not allowed to change this file. You may however copy this file 
-% to a file with a different name and then change the copy. 
-% 
-% You are NOT ALLOWED to distribute this file alone. You are NOT ALLOWED 
-% to take money for the distribution or use of this file (or a changed 
-% version) except for a nominal charge for copying etc. 
-% 
-% You are allowed to distribute this file under the condition that it is 
-% distributed together with all files mentioned in readme.els. 
-% 
-% If you receive only some of these files from someone, complain! 
-% 
-%
-\lineskip 1pt
-\normallineskip 1pt
-\def\baselinestretch{1}
-\frenchspacing
-\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt
-\abovedisplayskip 12\p@ plus 2\p@ minus 2\p@%
-\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
-\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 2\p@%
-\belowdisplayshortskip 3.5\p@ plus 2\p@ minus 2\p@
-\let\@listi\@listI}
-\def\small{\@setsize\small{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt
-\abovedisplayskip 11\p@ plus3\p@ minus6\p@
-\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
-\abovedisplayshortskip  \z@ plus3\p@
-\belowdisplayshortskip  6.5\p@ plus3.5\p@ minus3\p@
-\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
- \parsep 4.5\p@ plus2\p@ minus\p@ \itemsep \parsep
-            \topsep 9\p@ plus3\p@ minus5\p@}}
-\let\footnotesize=\small
-\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}
-\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
-\def\large{\@setsize\large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
-\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
-\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
-\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{27pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
-\let\Huge=\huge
-\def\baselinestretch{1}
-\@normalsize
-\newdimen\@bls
-\@bls=\baselineskip
-\if@twoside
-   \oddsidemargin   20pt
-   \evensidemargin  20pt
-   \marginparwidth  10pt
-\else
-   \oddsidemargin   20pt
-   \evensidemargin  20pt
-   \marginparwidth   2pc
-\fi
-\marginparsep 20pt
-\headheight  0pt
-\headsep     0pt
-\footskip 40pt
-\bigskipamount=\@bls plus 0.3\@bls minus 0.3\@bls
-\medskipamount=0.5\bigskipamount
-\smallskipamount=0.25\bigskipamount
-\textheight 44\baselineskip
-\advance\textheight\topskip
-\textwidth 33pc
-\columnsep 2pc
-\columnseprule 0pt
-\footnotesep 8.4pt
-\skip\footins 12pt plus  8pt
-\floatsep         8pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\textfloatsep     8pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\intextsep        8pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\@maxsep         20pt
-\dblfloatsep      8pt plus 4pt minus 4pt
-\dbltextfloatsep 12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt
-\@dblmaxsep      20pt
-\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil
-\@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil
-\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
-\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil
-\@dblfpsep 8pt plus 2fil
-\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
-\marginparpush 5pt
-\parskip 1pc plus 1pt
-\parindent \z@
-\newskip\eqntopsep
-\eqntopsep 12pt plus 2\p@ minus 2\p@
-\newdimen\eqnarraycolsep
-\eqnarraycolsep 1pt
-\@lowpenalty   51
-\@medpenalty  151
-\@highpenalty 301
-\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
-\@endparpenalty   -\@lowpenalty
-\@itempenalty     -\@lowpenalty
-\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{1.5\@bls
-  plus .4\@bls minus .1\@bls}{\@bls}{\normalsize\bf}}
-\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{\@bls
-  plus .3\@bls minus .1\@bls}{\@bls}{\normalsize\it}}
-\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{\@bls
-  plus .2\@bls}{0.0001pt}{\normalsize\it}}
-\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex plus
-  2ex minus 0.2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
-\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
-\def\half@em{\hskip 0.5em}
-\def\lb@part{PART \thepart.\half@em}
-  \def\lb@empty@part{PART \thepart}
-\def\lb@section{\thesection.\half@em}
-  \def\lb@empty@section{\thesection}
-\def\lb@subsection{\thesubsection.\half@em}
-  \def\lb@empty@subsection{\thesubsection}
-\def\lb@subsubsection{\thesubsubsection.\half@em}
-  \def\lb@empty@subsubsection{\thesubsubsection}
-\def\lb@paragraph{\theparagraph.\half@em}
-  \def\lb@empty@paragraph{\theparagraph}
-\def\lb@subparagraph{\thesubparagraph.\half@em}
-  \def\lb@empty@subparagraph{\thesubparagraph}
-\def\head@style{\interlinepenalty\@M
-  \hyphenpenalty\@M \exhyphenpenalty\@M
-  \rightskip 0pt plus 0.5\hsize \relax}
-\def\app@number#1{\setcounter{#1}{0}%
-  \@addtoreset{#1}{section}%
-  \@namedef{the#1}{\thesection.\arabic{#1}}}
-\def\appendix{\@ifstar{\appendix@star}{\appendix@nostar}}
-\def\appendix@nostar{%
-  \def\lb@section{Appendix \thesection.\half@em}
-  \def\lb@empty@section{Appendix \thesection}
-  \setcounter{section}{0}\def\thesection{\Alph{section}}%
-  \setcounter{subsection}{0}%
-  \setcounter{subsubsection}{0}%
-  \setcounter{paragraph}{0}%
-  \app@number{equation}\app@number{figure}\app@number{table}}
-\def\appendix@star{%
-  \def\lb@section{Appendix}\let\lb@empty@section\lb@section
-  \setcounter{section}{0}\def\thesection{\Alph{section}}%
-  \setcounter{subsection}{0}%
-  \setcounter{subsubsection}{0}%
-  \setcounter{paragraph}{0}%
-  \app@number{equation}\app@number{figure}\app@number{table}}
-\def\ack{\section*{Acknowledgements}%
-  \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace{6pt}}%
-  \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Acknowledgement}}
-\@namedef{ack*}{\par\vskip 3.0ex plus 1.0ex minus 1.0ex}
-\let\endack\par
-\@namedef{endack*}{\par}
-\newdimen\labelwidthi
-\newdimen\labelwidthii
-\newdimen\labelwidthiii
-\newdimen\labelwidthiv
-\def\normal@labelsep{0.5em}
-\labelsep\normal@labelsep
-\settowidth{\labelwidthi}{(iii)}
-\settowidth{\labelwidthii}{(d)}
-\settowidth{\labelwidthiii}{(iii)}
-\settowidth{\labelwidthiv}{(M)}
-\leftmargini\labelwidthi    \advance\leftmargini\labelsep
-\leftmarginii\labelwidthii  \advance\leftmarginii\labelsep
-\leftmarginii\labelwidthiii \advance\leftmarginiii\labelsep
-\leftmarginii\labelwidthiv  \advance\leftmarginiv\labelsep
-\def\setleftmargin#1#2{\settowidth{\@tempdima}{#2}\labelsep\normal@labelsep
-  \csname labelwidth#1\endcsname\@tempdima
-  \@tempdimb\@tempdima \advance\@tempdimb\labelsep
-  \csname leftmargin#1\endcsname\@tempdimb}
-\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini
-  \labelwidth\labelwidthi \labelsep\normal@labelsep
-  \topsep \z@ \partopsep\z@ \parsep\z@ \itemsep\z@
-  \listparindent 1em}
-\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
-  \labelwidth\labelwidthii \labelsep\normal@labelsep
-  \topsep\z@ \partopsep\z@ \parsep\z@ \itemsep\z@
-  \listparindent 1em}
-\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
-  \labelwidth\labelwidthiii \labelsep\normal@labelsep
-  \topsep\z@ \partopsep\z@ \parsep\z@ \itemsep\z@
-  \listparindent 1em}
-\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
-  \labelwidth\labelwidthiv \labelsep\normal@labelsep
-  \topsep\z@ \partopsep\z@ \parsep\z@ \itemsep\z@
-  \listparindent 1em}
-\let\@listi\@listI
-\@listi
-\endinput
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart1p.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart1p.cls
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5b4916e54c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart1p.cls
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `elsart1p.cls',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% esl.dtx  (with options: `package,elsauth,wrapper,SL1P')
+%% 
+%% elsart1p.cls Copyright (C) 1994-2006 Elsevier Science
+%% 
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+\def\readRCS$#1: #2 #3 #4 #5${%
+ \def\RCSfile{#2}%
+ \def\RCSversion{#3}%
+ \def\RCSdate{#4}%
+}
+ \def\esp@fileversion{2.19}
+ \def\esp@filedate{2006/05/01}
+ \def\@journal{Elsevier} \def\@company{Elsevier}
+ \def\@issn{000-0000}
+ \def\@shortjid{elsart1p}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesClass{\@shortjid}[\esp@filedate, \esp@fileversion: \@journal]
+\let\@save@journal\@journal
+\let\@save@company\@company
+\let\@save@shortjid\@shortjid
+
+\DeclareOption{narrowdisplay}{}
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{elsart}}
+\ProcessOptions\relax
+ \LoadClass[onecolumn]{elsart}
+
+\let\@journal\@save@journal
+\let\@company\@save@company
+\let\@shortjid\@save@shortjid
+
+\def\@xiiipt{12}
+\def\@titlesize{\Large}
+\def\@bibitemsep{\z@ \@plus 0.5\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@}
+\def\captionwidth{.8\linewidth}
+\def\@abstractsize{\fontsize{\@ixpt}{11pt}\selectfont}
+\def\@articletypesize{\fontsize{\@xiiipt}{13pt}\selectfont}
+\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt{12}%
+\abovedisplayskip 5.75\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus 2\p@%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 3.5\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@
+\let\@listi\@listI}
+\def\small{\@setfontsize\small\@viiipt{10}%
+\abovedisplayskip 7\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 4\p@%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus 1\p@%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 3\p@ \@plus 1\p@ \@minus 2\p@
+\def\@listi{\topsep 0.5\@bls \parsep\z@ \itemsep\parsep}}
+\let\footnotesize=\small
+\let\@xviiipt\@xviipt
+\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize\scriptsize\@viipt{8}}
+\def\tiny{\@setfontsize\tiny\@vipt{7}}
+\def\large{\@setfontsize\large\@xiiipt{14}}
+\def\Large{\@setfontsize\Large\@xviipt{20}}
+\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize\LARGE\@xviipt{19}}
+\def\huge{\@setfontsize\huge\@xxpt{22}}
+\def\Huge{\@setfontsize\Huge\@xxvpt{27}}
+\normalsize                                % Choose the normalsize font.
+\if@twoside
+   \oddsidemargin    \z@
+   \evensidemargin   \z@
+   \marginparwidth  10\p@
+\else
+   \oddsidemargin    \z@
+   \evensidemargin   \z@
+   \marginparwidth   2pc
+\fi
+\marginparsep 20\p@          % Horizontal space between outer margin and
+                            % marginal note
+\topmargin \z@           %    Nominal distance from top of page to top of
+                         %    box containing running head.
+\headheight 10\p@         %
+ \headsep    11\p@  %
+ \footskip 23\p@
+\bigskipamount=\@bls \@plus 0.3\@bls \@minus 0.3\@bls % 1/1 line
+\medskipamount=0.5\bigskipamount                  % 1/2 line
+\smallskipamount=0.25\bigskipamount               % 1/4 line
+ \textheight 46\baselineskip
+\advance\textheight\topskip
+ \textwidth 32pc
+                             % For two-column mode:
+ \columnsep 2pc               %   Space between columns
+\columnseprule \z@           %   \@Width of rule between columns.
+ \footnotesep 6.65\p@
+\skip\footins 12\p@ \@plus  8\p@          % Space between last line of text and
+                                      % top of first footnote.
+\floatsep 8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@ % Space between adjacent floats moved
+                                         % to top or bottom of text page.
+\textfloatsep 8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@ % Space between main text and floats
+                                         % at top or bottom of page.
+\intextsep 8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@ % Space between in-text figures and
+                                         % text.
+\dblfloatsep      8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 4\p@ % Same as \floatsep for double-column
+                                         % figures in two-column mode.
+\dbltextfloatsep 12\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 4\p@ % \textfloatsep for double-column
+                                         % floats.
+\@fptop \z@ \@plus 1fil    % Stretch at top of float page/column. (Must be
+                         % \z@ \@plus ...)
+\@fpsep 8\p@ \@plus 2fil    % Space between floats on float page/column.
+\@fpbot \z@ \@plus 1fil    % Stretch at bottom of float page/column. (Must be
+                         % \z@ \@plus ... )
+\@dblfptop \z@ \@plus 1fil % Stretch at top of float page. (Must be \z@ \@plus ...)
+\@dblfpsep 8\p@ \@plus 2fil % Space between floats on float page.
+\@dblfpbot \z@ \@plus 1fil % Stretch at bottom of float page. (Must be
+                         % \z@ \@plus ... )
+\marginparpush 5\p@       % Minimum vertical separation between two marginal
+                         % notes.
+\parskip \z@
+\parindent 1em
+ \eqntopsep 8\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@ %\parskip, added above and below
+\eqnarraycolsep 1\p@                 % in an \eqnarray.
+\def\part{\@startsection{part}{1}{\z@}{2\@bls \@plus
+  0.4\@bls}{\@bls}{\normalsize}}
+\def\partmark#1{}
+\if@ussrhead
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\parindent}{\@bls
+ \@plus .3\@bls \@minus .1\@bls}{-0.00001pt}{\normalsize\bfseries\boldmath}{\relax}}
+\else
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{\@bls
+   \@plus .3\@bls \@minus .1\@bls}{\@bls}{\normalsize\bfseries
+ \boldmath}}
+\fi
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{\@bls
+  \@plus .3\@bls \@minus .1\@bls}{\@bls}{\normalsize\itshape}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{\@bls
+  \@plus .2\@bls}{0.0001pt}{\normalsize\itshape}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex \@plus
+  2ex \@minus 0.2ex}{-1em}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{1em}{3.25ex \@plus
+  2ex \@minus 0.2ex}{-1em}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
+  \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+    \let\@svsec\@empty
+  \else
+    \refstepcounter{#1}\def\@tempa{#8}%
+    \ifx\@tempa\@empty
+      \edef\@svsec{\csname lb@empty@#1\endcsname}%
+    \else
+      \edef\@svsec{\csname lb@#1\endcsname}\fi\fi
+  \@tempskipa #5\relax
+  \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+    \begingroup #6\relax
+\noindent \hskip #3\relax{\@secnumfont{#2}\@svsec}%
+  {\head@style\head@format{#2}{#8}\par}%
+    \endgroup
+    \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+     \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi #7}%
+  \else
+    \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\relax {\@secnumfont{#2}\@svsec }%
+      {\head@style\head@format{#2}{#8}}\csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+       \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi #7}}%
+  \fi
+  \@xsect{#5}}
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+  \@tempskipa #4\relax
+  \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+    \begingroup
+      #5{%
+        \@hangfrom{\hskip #2}%
+          \interlinepenalty \@M \head@format{#1}{#6}\@@par}%
+    \endgroup
+  \else
+    \def\@svsechd{#5{\hskip #2\relax \head@format{#1}{#6}}}%
+  \fi
+  \@xsect{#4}}
+\def\@startsection#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+  \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi
+  \par
+  \@tempskipa #4\relax
+  \@afterindenttrue
+  \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@
+    \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse
+  \fi
+  \if@nobreak
+    \everypar{}%
+  \else
+    \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa
+  \fi
+  \@ifstar
+    {\@ssect{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}%
+    {\@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}}
+
+\@maxlistdepth=2
+\def\labelitemi{--}
+\def\labelitemii{$\cdot$}
+\def\labelenumi{(\theenumi)}        \def\theenumi{\roman{enumi}}
+\def\labelenumii{(\theenumii)}      \def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+ \tabcolsep 1\p@           % idem in tabular environment.
+\def\@arrayclassz{\ifcase \@lastchclass \@acolampacol \or \@ampacol \or
+  \or \or \@addamp \or \@acolampacol \or \@firstampfalse \@acol \fi
+  \edef\@preamble{\@preamble
+  \ifcase \@chnum
+    \hfil$\relax\displaystyle\@sharp$\hfil \or
+    $\relax\displaystyle\@sharp$\hfil      \or
+    \hfil$\relax\displaystyle\@sharp$\fi}}
+\newdimen\Arrayrulewidth \Arrayrulewidth=1.0\p@
+\def\Hline{\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi\hrule \@height \Arrayrulewidth \futurelet
+   \@tempa\@xhline}
+\newdimen\crulepostskip \crulepostskip -7\p@
+\def\ccline#1{%
+  \noalign{\vskip\rulepreskip}%
+  \do@ccline(#1,1-0)\cr
+  \noalign{\vskip\crulepostskip}}
+\def\do@ccline(#1-#2,#3){%
+  \ifnum#1>#2\else\@cline[#1-#2]\do@ccline(#3,1-0)\fi
+  \ignorespaces}
+\newdimen\@Ldec \newdimen\@Rdec
+\def\dec #1.#2 {\hbox to\@Ldec{\hss#1}\def\@tempb{#2}%
+\ifx\@tempb\empty\hbox to\@Rdec{\hfill}\else\hbox to\@Rdec{.#2\hss}\fi}
+\def\setdec #1.#2 {\relax
+  \bgroup
+    \setbox0\hbox{\kern1pt\relax#1}\setbox1\hbox{\kern1pt\relax#2}%
+    \global\@Ldec\wd0\global\@Rdec\wd1
+  \egroup}
+\setdec 000.000 % default 3 digits on each side
+\newdimen\@Lpmdec \newdimen\@Rpmdec
+\def\pmdec #1.#2 {\hbox to\@Lpmdec{\hss#1}\def\@tempb{#2}%
+\ifx\@tempb\empty\hbox to\@Rpmdec{\hfill}\else\hbox to\@Rpmdec{.#2\hss}\fi}
+\def\setpmdec #1.#2 {\relax
+  \bgroup
+    \setbox0\hbox{\kern1pt\relax#1}\setbox1\hbox{\kern1pt\relax#2}%
+    \global\@Lpmdec\wd0\global\@Rpmdec\wd1
+  \egroup}
+\setpmdec 0.0 % default 1 digit on each side
+\def\add@thanksref#1{%
+  \global\advance\note@cnt\@ne
+  \def\@tempa{*}\def\@tempb{#1}%
+  \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+    \ifnum\note@cnt>\@ne \add@xtok\t@loc@notes{\note@sep}\fi
+    \add@tok\t@loc@notes{*}%
+  \else
+    \ifnum\note@cnt>\@ne \add@xtok\t@loc@notes{\note@sep}\fi
+    \add@tok\t@loc@notes{%
+    \if@Elproofing#1\else\ref{#1}\fi
+    }%
+  \fi}
+\def\thanks@optarg[#1]#2{%
+  \def\@tempa{*}\def\@tempb{#1}%
+  \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+    \@tempcnta=\c@footnote \c@footnote=-1 \label{#1}\c@footnote=\@tempcnta
+    \gdef\@corresp@note{\footnotetext[-1]{#2}}%
+  \else
+    \add@tok\t@glob@notes{\footnotetext}%
+    \refstepcounter{footnote}%
+    \if@Elproofing\else\if@tempswa\label{#1}\else\relax\fi\fi
+    \add@xtok\t@glob@notes{[\the\c@footnote]}%
+    \add@tok\t@glob@notes{{#2}}%
+  \fi
+  \ignorespaces}
+\def\frontmatter{%
+  \NoHyper
+  \let\@corresp@note\relax
+  \global\t@glob@notes={}\global\c@author\z@
+  \global\c@collab\z@ \global\c@address\z@
+  \sv@mathsurround\mathsurround \m@th
+  \global\n@author=0\n@author@\relax
+  \global\n@collab=0\n@collab@\relax
+  \global\advance\n@author\m@ne   % In comparisons later on we need
+  \global\advance\n@collab\m@ne   % n@author-1 and n@collab-1
+  \global\@firstauthortrue        % set to false by first \author or \collab
+  \global\@hasabstractfalse       % Default:  no abstract or keywords
+  \global\@haskeywordsfalse       % Default:  no abstract or keywords
+  \global\@prefacefalse           %           not preface
+  \ifnum\c@firstpage=\c@lastpage
+    \gdef\@pagerange{\@pagenumprefix\ESpagenumber{firstpage}}
+  \else
+    \gdef\@pagerange{\@pagenumprefix
+   \ESpagenumber{firstpage}--\@pagenumprefix\ESpagenumber{lastpage}}%
+  \fi
+  \@ifundefined{RIfM@}{}{\global\let\vec\@bfvec}%
+  \open@fm \ignorespaces}
+\def\title@fmt#1#2{%
+\@ifundefined{@runtitle}{\global\def\@runtitle{#1}}{}%
+ \vspace*{\@overtitleskip} % Vertical space above article type,
+  \@articletypesize                  % Size for article type
+  \leavevmode\vphantom{Aye!}
+  \@articletype
+  \vskip12\p@
+  {\@titlesize #1\,\hbox{$^{#2}$}\par}%
+  \vskip\@undertitleskip
+  }
+\def\address@fmt@init{%
+  \par                                % Start new paragraph
+  \vskip \@overaddressskip}               % Vertical space before addresses
+\def\@abstract[#1]{%
+  \global\@hasabstracttrue
+  \hyphenpenalty\sv@hyphenpenalty     % restore \hyphenpenalty
+  \global\setbox\t@abstract=\vbox\bgroup
+  \leftskip\z@
+  \@rightskip\z@ \rightskip\@rightskip \parfillskip\@flushglue
+   \@abstractsize                      % Text in 9/11
+  \parindent 1em                      % \parindent in abstract
+  \noindent {\bfseries\abstractname}  % caption `Abstract' (bold)
+  \vskip 0.5\@bls    % half a line of space below
+\noindent\ignorespaces
+}
+\def\@bfvec#1{\boldsymbol{#1}}
+\def\@pmbfvec#1{\pmb{#1}}
+\mathchardef\Gamma="0000
+\mathchardef\Delta="0001
+\mathchardef\Theta="0002
+\mathchardef\Lambda="0003
+\mathchardef\Xi="0004
+\mathchardef\Pi="0005
+\mathchardef\Sigma="0006
+\mathchardef\Upsilon="0007
+\mathchardef\Phi="0008
+\mathchardef\Psi="0009
+\mathchardef\Omega="000A
+\mathchardef\varGamma="0100
+\mathchardef\varDelta="0101
+\mathchardef\varTheta="0102
+\mathchardef\varLambda="0103
+\mathchardef\varXi="0104
+\mathchardef\varPi="0105
+\mathchardef\varSigma="0106
+\mathchardef\varUpsilon="0107
+\mathchardef\varPhi="0108
+\mathchardef\varPsi="0109
+\mathchardef\varOmega="010A
+\if@TwoColumn
+  \adjdemerits=100
+  \linepenalty=100
+  \doublehyphendemerits=5000        % experimental (1993-12-14)
+  \emergencystretch=1.6pc
+  \spaceskip=0.3em \@plus 0.17em \@minus 0.12em
+\fi
+\binoppenalty=300
+\relpenalty=100
+\clubpenalty=5000                % 'Club line'  at bottom of page.
+\widowpenalty=2000               % 'Widow line' at top of page.
+\displaywidowpenalty=1000        % Math display widow line.
+\predisplaypenalty=150           % Breaking before a math display.
+\postdisplaypenalty=50           % Breaking after a math display.
+\hfuzz=1\p@
+\hbadness=3000
+\@frontmatterwidth\textwidth
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `elsart1p.cls'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart3p.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart3p.cls
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cc7728ecdf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart3p.cls
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `elsart3p.cls',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% esl.dtx  (with options: `package,elsauth,wrapper,SL3P')
+%% 
+%% elsart3p.cls Copyright (C) 1994-2006 Elsevier Science
+%% 
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+\def\readRCS$#1: #2 #3 #4 #5${%
+ \def\RCSfile{#2}%
+ \def\RCSversion{#3}%
+ \def\RCSdate{#4}%
+}
+ \def\esp@fileversion{2.19}
+ \def\esp@filedate{2006/05/01}
+ \def\@journal{Elsevier} \def\@company{Elsevier}
+ \def\@issn{000-0000}
+ \def\@shortjid{elsart3p}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesClass{\@shortjid}[\esp@filedate, \esp@fileversion: \@journal]
+\let\@save@journal\@journal
+\let\@save@company\@company
+\let\@save@shortjid\@shortjid
+
+\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\def\@xcolumn{onecolumn}}
+\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\def\@xcolumn{twocolumn}}
+\def\@xcolumn{twocolumn}
+\DeclareOption{narrowdisplay}{}
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{elsart}}
+\ProcessOptions\relax
+ \LoadClass[\@xcolumn]{elsart}
+
+\let\@journal\@save@journal
+\let\@company\@save@company
+\let\@shortjid\@save@shortjid
+
+\def\@xiiipt{12}
+\def\@titlesize{\Large}
+\def\@bibitemsep{\z@ \@plus 0.5\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@}
+\def\captionwidth{.8\linewidth}
+\def\@abstractsize{\fontsize{\@ixpt}{11pt}\selectfont}
+\def\@articletypesize{\fontsize{\@xiiipt}{13pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\normalsize{\@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt{12}%
+\abovedisplayskip 5.75\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus 2\p@%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 3.5\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@
+\let\@listi\@listI}
+\def\small{\@setfontsize\small\@viiipt{10}%
+\abovedisplayskip 7\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 4\p@%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus 1\p@%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 3\p@ \@plus 1\p@ \@minus 2\p@
+\def\@listi{\topsep 0.5\@bls \parsep\z@ \itemsep\parsep}}
+\let\footnotesize=\small
+\let\@xviiipt\@xviipt
+\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize\scriptsize\@viiipt{9.5}}
+\def\tiny{\@setfontsize\tiny\@vipt{7}}
+\def\large{\@setfontsize\large\@xiiipt{14}}
+\def\Large{\@setfontsize\Large\@xviipt{20}}
+\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize\LARGE\@xviiipt{22}}
+\def\huge{\@setfontsize\huge\@xxpt{22}}
+\def\Huge{\@setfontsize\Huge\@xxvpt{27}}
+\normalsize                                % Choose the normalsize font.
+\if@twoside
+   \oddsidemargin    \z@
+   \evensidemargin   \z@
+   \marginparwidth  10\p@
+\else
+   \oddsidemargin    \z@
+   \evensidemargin   \z@
+   \marginparwidth   2pc
+\fi
+\marginparsep 20\p@          % Horizontal space between outer margin and
+                            % marginal note
+\topmargin \z@           %    Nominal distance from top of page to top of
+                         %    box containing running head.
+\headheight 10\p@         %
+ \headsep    11\p@  %
+ \footskip 23\p@
+\bigskipamount=\@bls \@plus 0.3\@bls \@minus 0.3\@bls % 1/1 line
+\medskipamount=0.5\bigskipamount                  % 1/2 line
+\smallskipamount=0.25\bigskipamount               % 1/4 line
+ \textheight 51\baselineskip
+\advance\textheight\topskip  % excl. running head and foot).
+ \textwidth 39pc              % \@Width of text line.
+                             % For two-column mode:
+ \columnsep 2pc               %   Space between columns
+\columnseprule \z@           %   \@Width of rule between columns.
+ \footnotesep 6.65\p@
+\skip\footins 12\p@ \@plus  8\p@          % Space between last line of text and
+                                      % top of first footnote.
+\floatsep 8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@ % Space between adjacent floats moved
+                                         % to top or bottom of text page.
+\textfloatsep 8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@ % Space between main text and floats
+                                         % at top or bottom of page.
+\intextsep 8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@ % Space between in-text figures and
+                                         % text.
+\dblfloatsep      8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 4\p@ % Same as \floatsep for double-column
+                                         % figures in two-column mode.
+\dbltextfloatsep 12\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 4\p@ % \textfloatsep for double-column
+                                         % floats.
+\@fptop \z@ \@plus 1fil    % Stretch at top of float page/column. (Must be
+                         % \z@ \@plus ...)
+\@fpsep 8\p@ \@plus 2fil    % Space between floats on float page/column.
+\@fpbot \z@ \@plus 1fil    % Stretch at bottom of float page/column. (Must be
+                         % \z@ \@plus ... )
+\@dblfptop \z@ \@plus 1fil % Stretch at top of float page. (Must be \z@ \@plus ...)
+\@dblfpsep 8\p@ \@plus 2fil % Space between floats on float page.
+\@dblfpbot \z@ \@plus 1fil % Stretch at bottom of float page. (Must be
+                         % \z@ \@plus ... )
+\marginparpush 5\p@       % Minimum vertical separation between two marginal
+                         % notes.
+\parskip \z@
+\parindent 1em
+ \eqntopsep 8\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@ %\parskip, added above and below
+\eqnarraycolsep 1\p@                 % in an \eqnarray.
+\def\part{\@startsection{part}{1}{\z@}{2\@bls \@plus
+  0.4\@bls}{\@bls}{\normalsize}}
+\def\partmark#1{}
+\if@ussrhead
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\parindent}{\@bls
+ \@plus .3\@bls \@minus .1\@bls}{-0.00001pt}{\normalsize\bfseries\boldmath}{\relax}}
+\else
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{\@bls
+   \@plus .3\@bls \@minus .1\@bls}{\@bls}{\normalsize\bfseries
+ \boldmath}}
+\fi
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{\@bls
+  \@plus .3\@bls \@minus .1\@bls}{\@bls}{\normalsize\itshape}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{\@bls
+  \@plus .2\@bls}{0.0001pt}{\normalsize\itshape}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex \@plus
+  2ex \@minus 0.2ex}{-1em}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{1em}{3.25ex \@plus
+  2ex \@minus 0.2ex}{-1em}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
+  \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+    \let\@svsec\@empty
+  \else
+    \refstepcounter{#1}\def\@tempa{#8}%
+    \ifx\@tempa\@empty
+      \edef\@svsec{\csname lb@empty@#1\endcsname}%
+    \else
+      \edef\@svsec{\csname lb@#1\endcsname}\fi\fi
+  \@tempskipa #5\relax
+  \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+    \begingroup #6\relax
+\noindent \hskip #3\relax{\@secnumfont{#2}\@svsec}%
+  {\head@style\head@format{#2}{#8}\par}%
+    \endgroup
+    \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+     \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi #7}%
+  \else
+    \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\relax {\@secnumfont{#2}\@svsec }%
+      {\head@style\head@format{#2}{#8}}\csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+       \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi #7}}%
+  \fi
+  \@xsect{#5}}
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+  \@tempskipa #4\relax
+  \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+    \begingroup
+      #5{%
+        \@hangfrom{\hskip #2}%
+          \interlinepenalty \@M \head@format{#1}{#6}\@@par}%
+    \endgroup
+  \else
+    \def\@svsechd{#5{\hskip #2\relax \head@format{#1}{#6}}}%
+  \fi
+  \@xsect{#4}}
+\def\@startsection#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+  \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi
+  \par
+  \@tempskipa #4\relax
+  \@afterindenttrue
+  \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@
+    \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse
+  \fi
+  \if@nobreak
+    \everypar{}%
+  \else
+    \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa
+  \fi
+  \@ifstar
+    {\@ssect{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}%
+    {\@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}}
+
+\@maxlistdepth=2
+\def\labelitemi{--}
+\def\labelitemii{$\cdot$}
+\def\labelenumi{(\theenumi)}        \def\theenumi{\roman{enumi}}
+\def\labelenumii{(\theenumii)}      \def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+ \tabcolsep 1\p@           % idem in tabular environment.
+\def\@arrayclassz{\ifcase \@lastchclass \@acolampacol \or \@ampacol \or
+  \or \or \@addamp \or \@acolampacol \or \@firstampfalse \@acol \fi
+  \edef\@preamble{\@preamble
+  \ifcase \@chnum
+    \hfil$\relax\displaystyle\@sharp$\hfil \or
+    $\relax\displaystyle\@sharp$\hfil      \or
+    \hfil$\relax\displaystyle\@sharp$\fi}}
+\newdimen\Arrayrulewidth \Arrayrulewidth=1.0\p@
+\def\Hline{\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi\hrule \@height \Arrayrulewidth \futurelet
+   \@tempa\@xhline}
+\newdimen\crulepostskip \crulepostskip -7\p@
+\def\ccline#1{%
+  \noalign{\vskip\rulepreskip}%
+  \do@ccline(#1,1-0)\cr
+  \noalign{\vskip\crulepostskip}}
+\def\do@ccline(#1-#2,#3){%
+  \ifnum#1>#2\else\@cline[#1-#2]\do@ccline(#3,1-0)\fi
+  \ignorespaces}
+\newdimen\@Ldec \newdimen\@Rdec
+\def\dec #1.#2 {\hbox to\@Ldec{\hss#1}\def\@tempb{#2}%
+\ifx\@tempb\empty\hbox to\@Rdec{\hfill}\else\hbox to\@Rdec{.#2\hss}\fi}
+\def\setdec #1.#2 {\relax
+  \bgroup
+    \setbox0\hbox{\kern1pt\relax#1}\setbox1\hbox{\kern1pt\relax#2}%
+    \global\@Ldec\wd0\global\@Rdec\wd1
+  \egroup}
+\setdec 000.000 % default 3 digits on each side
+\newdimen\@Lpmdec \newdimen\@Rpmdec
+\def\pmdec #1.#2 {\hbox to\@Lpmdec{\hss#1}\def\@tempb{#2}%
+\ifx\@tempb\empty\hbox to\@Rpmdec{\hfill}\else\hbox to\@Rpmdec{.#2\hss}\fi}
+\def\setpmdec #1.#2 {\relax
+  \bgroup
+    \setbox0\hbox{\kern1pt\relax#1}\setbox1\hbox{\kern1pt\relax#2}%
+    \global\@Lpmdec\wd0\global\@Rpmdec\wd1
+  \egroup}
+\setpmdec 0.0 % default 1 digit on each side
+\def\add@thanksref#1{%
+  \global\advance\note@cnt\@ne
+  \def\@tempa{*}\def\@tempb{#1}%
+  \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+    \ifnum\note@cnt>\@ne \add@xtok\t@loc@notes{\note@sep}\fi
+    \add@tok\t@loc@notes{*}%
+  \else
+    \ifnum\note@cnt>\@ne \add@xtok\t@loc@notes{\note@sep}\fi
+    \add@tok\t@loc@notes{%
+    \if@Elproofing#1\else\ref{#1}\fi
+    }%
+  \fi}
+\def\thanks@optarg[#1]#2{%
+  \def\@tempa{*}\def\@tempb{#1}%
+  \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+    \@tempcnta=\c@footnote \c@footnote=-1 \label{#1}\c@footnote=\@tempcnta
+    \gdef\@corresp@note{\footnotetext[-1]{#2}}%
+  \else
+    \add@tok\t@glob@notes{\footnotetext}%
+    \refstepcounter{footnote}%
+    \if@Elproofing\else\if@tempswa\label{#1}\else\relax\fi\fi
+    \add@xtok\t@glob@notes{[\the\c@footnote]}%
+    \add@tok\t@glob@notes{{#2}}%
+  \fi
+  \ignorespaces}
+\def\frontmatter{%
+  \NoHyper
+  \let\@corresp@note\relax
+  \global\t@glob@notes={}\global\c@author\z@
+  \global\c@collab\z@ \global\c@address\z@
+  \sv@mathsurround\mathsurround \m@th
+  \global\n@author=0\n@author@\relax
+  \global\n@collab=0\n@collab@\relax
+  \global\advance\n@author\m@ne   % In comparisons later on we need
+  \global\advance\n@collab\m@ne   % n@author-1 and n@collab-1
+  \global\@firstauthortrue        % set to false by first \author or \collab
+  \global\@hasabstractfalse       % Default:  no abstract or keywords
+  \global\@haskeywordsfalse       % Default:  no abstract or keywords
+  \global\@prefacefalse           %           not preface
+  \ifnum\c@firstpage=\c@lastpage
+    \gdef\@pagerange{\@pagenumprefix\ESpagenumber{firstpage}}
+  \else
+    \gdef\@pagerange{\@pagenumprefix
+   \ESpagenumber{firstpage}--\@pagenumprefix\ESpagenumber{lastpage}}%
+  \fi
+  \@ifundefined{RIfM@}{}{\global\let\vec\@bfvec}%
+  \open@fm \ignorespaces}
+\def\title@fmt#1#2{%
+\@ifundefined{@runtitle}{\global\def\@runtitle{#1}}{}%
+ \vspace*{\@overtitleskip} % Vertical space above article type,
+  \@articletypesize                  % Size for article type
+  \leavevmode\vphantom{Aye!}
+  \@articletype
+  \vskip12\p@
+  {\@titlesize #1\,\hbox{$^{#2}$}\par}%
+  \vskip\@undertitleskip
+  }
+\def\address@fmt@init{%
+  \par                                % Start new paragraph
+  \vskip \@overaddressskip}               % Vertical space before addresses
+\def\@abstract[#1]{%
+  \global\@hasabstracttrue
+  \hyphenpenalty\sv@hyphenpenalty     % restore \hyphenpenalty
+  \global\setbox\t@abstract=\vbox\bgroup
+  \leftskip\z@
+  \@rightskip\z@ \rightskip\@rightskip \parfillskip\@flushglue
+   \@abstractsize                      % Text in 9/11
+  \parindent 1em                      % \parindent in abstract
+  \noindent {\bfseries\abstractname}  % caption `Abstract' (bold)
+  \vskip 0.5\@bls    % half a line of space below
+\noindent\ignorespaces
+}
+\def\@bfvec#1{\boldsymbol{#1}}
+\def\@pmbfvec#1{\pmb{#1}}
+\mathchardef\Gamma="0000
+\mathchardef\Delta="0001
+\mathchardef\Theta="0002
+\mathchardef\Lambda="0003
+\mathchardef\Xi="0004
+\mathchardef\Pi="0005
+\mathchardef\Sigma="0006
+\mathchardef\Upsilon="0007
+\mathchardef\Phi="0008
+\mathchardef\Psi="0009
+\mathchardef\Omega="000A
+\mathchardef\varGamma="0100
+\mathchardef\varDelta="0101
+\mathchardef\varTheta="0102
+\mathchardef\varLambda="0103
+\mathchardef\varXi="0104
+\mathchardef\varPi="0105
+\mathchardef\varSigma="0106
+\mathchardef\varUpsilon="0107
+\mathchardef\varPhi="0108
+\mathchardef\varPsi="0109
+\mathchardef\varOmega="010A
+\if@TwoColumn
+  \adjdemerits=100
+  \linepenalty=100
+  \doublehyphendemerits=5000        % experimental (1993-12-14)
+  \emergencystretch=1.6pc
+  \spaceskip=0.3em \@plus 0.17em \@minus 0.12em
+\fi
+\binoppenalty=300
+\relpenalty=100
+\clubpenalty=5000                % 'Club line'  at bottom of page.
+\widowpenalty=2000               % 'Widow line' at top of page.
+\displaywidowpenalty=1000        % Math display widow line.
+\predisplaypenalty=150           % Breaking before a math display.
+\postdisplaypenalty=50           % Breaking after a math display.
+\hfuzz=1\p@
+\hbadness=3000
+\@frontmatterwidth\textwidth
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `elsart3p.cls'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart5p.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart5p.cls
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3e3c81d4e0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart5p.cls
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `elsart5p.cls',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% esl.dtx  (with options: `package,elsauth,wrapper,SL5P')
+%% 
+%% elsart5p.cls Copyright (C) 1994-2006 Elsevier Science
+%% 
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+\def\readRCS$#1: #2 #3 #4 #5${%
+ \def\RCSfile{#2}%
+ \def\RCSversion{#3}%
+ \def\RCSdate{#4}%
+}
+ \def\esp@fileversion{2.19}
+ \def\esp@filedate{2006/05/01}
+ \def\@journal{Elsevier} \def\@company{Elsevier}
+ \def\@issn{000-0000}
+ \def\@shortjid{elsart5p}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesClass{\@shortjid}[\esp@filedate, \esp@fileversion: \@journal]
+\let\@save@journal\@journal
+\let\@save@company\@company
+\let\@save@shortjid\@shortjid
+
+\DeclareOption{narrowdisplay}{}
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{elsart}}
+\ProcessOptions\relax
+ \LoadClass[twocolumn]{elsart}
+
+\let\@journal\@save@journal
+\let\@company\@save@company
+\let\@shortjid\@save@shortjid
+
+\def\@xiiipt{12}
+\def\@titlesize{\Large}
+\def\@bibitemsep{\z@ \@plus 0.5\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@}
+\def\captionwidth{.8\linewidth}
+\def\@abstractsize{\fontsize{\@ixpt}{11pt}\selectfont}
+\def\@articletypesize{\fontsize{\@xiiipt}{13pt}\selectfont}
+\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt{12}%
+\abovedisplayskip 5.75\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus 2\p@%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 3.5\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@
+\let\@listi\@listI}
+\def\small{\@setfontsize\small\@viiipt{10}%
+\abovedisplayskip 7\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 4\p@%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus 1\p@%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 3\p@ \@plus 1\p@ \@minus 2\p@
+\def\@listi{\topsep 0.5\@bls \parsep\z@ \itemsep\parsep}}
+\let\footnotesize=\small
+\let\@xviiipt\@xviipt
+\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize\scriptsize\@viipt{8}}
+\def\tiny{\@setfontsize\tiny\@vipt{7}}
+\def\large{\@setfontsize\large\@xiiipt{14}}
+\def\Large{\@setfontsize\Large\@xviipt{20}}
+\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize\LARGE\@xviiipt{22}}
+\def\huge{\@setfontsize\huge\@xxpt{22}}
+\def\Huge{\@setfontsize\Huge\@xxvpt{27}}
+\normalsize                                % Choose the normalsize font.
+\if@twoside
+   \oddsidemargin   -3pc
+   \evensidemargin   \z@
+   \marginparwidth  10\p@
+\else
+   \oddsidemargin   -3pc
+   \evensidemargin  -3pc
+   \marginparwidth   2pc
+\fi
+\marginparsep 20\p@          % Horizontal space between outer margin and
+                            % marginal note
+\topmargin \z@           %    Nominal distance from top of page to top of
+                         %    box containing running head.
+\headheight 10\p@         %
+ \headsep    11\p@  %
+ \footskip 23\p@
+\bigskipamount=\@bls \@plus 0.3\@bls \@minus 0.3\@bls % 1/1 line
+\medskipamount=0.5\bigskipamount                  % 1/2 line
+\smallskipamount=0.25\bigskipamount               % 1/4 line
+ \textheight 56\baselineskip  % \@Height of text (incl. footnotes and figures,
+\advance\textheight\topskip  % excl. running head and foot).
+ \textwidth 43.5pc              % \@Width of text line.
+                             % For two-column mode:
+ \columnsep 1.5pc               %   Space between columns
+\columnseprule \z@           %   \@Width of rule between columns.
+ \footnotesep 6.65\p@
+\skip\footins 12\p@ \@plus  8\p@          % Space between last line of text and
+                                      % top of first footnote.
+\floatsep 8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@ % Space between adjacent floats moved
+                                         % to top or bottom of text page.
+\textfloatsep 8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@ % Space between main text and floats
+                                         % at top or bottom of page.
+\intextsep 8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@ % Space between in-text figures and
+                                         % text.
+\dblfloatsep      8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 4\p@ % Same as \floatsep for double-column
+                                         % figures in two-column mode.
+\dbltextfloatsep 12\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 4\p@ % \textfloatsep for double-column
+                                         % floats.
+\@fptop \z@ \@plus 1fil    % Stretch at top of float page/column. (Must be
+                         % \z@ \@plus ...)
+\@fpsep 8\p@ \@plus 2fil    % Space between floats on float page/column.
+\@fpbot \z@ \@plus 1fil    % Stretch at bottom of float page/column. (Must be
+                         % \z@ \@plus ... )
+\@dblfptop \z@ \@plus 1fil % Stretch at top of float page. (Must be \z@ \@plus ...)
+\@dblfpsep 8\p@ \@plus 2fil % Space between floats on float page.
+\@dblfpbot \z@ \@plus 1fil % Stretch at bottom of float page. (Must be
+                         % \z@ \@plus ... )
+\marginparpush 5\p@       % Minimum vertical separation between two marginal
+                         % notes.
+\parskip \z@
+\parindent 1em
+ \eqntopsep 8\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@ %\parskip, added above and below
+\eqnarraycolsep 1\p@                 % in an \eqnarray.
+\def\part{\@startsection{part}{1}{\z@}{2\@bls \@plus
+  0.4\@bls}{\@bls}{\normalsize}}
+\def\partmark#1{}
+\if@ussrhead
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\parindent}{\@bls
+ \@plus .3\@bls \@minus .1\@bls}{-0.00001pt}{\normalsize\bfseries\boldmath}{\relax}}
+\else
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{\@bls
+   \@plus .3\@bls \@minus .1\@bls}{\@bls}{\normalsize\bfseries
+ \boldmath}}
+\fi
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{\@bls
+  \@plus .3\@bls \@minus .1\@bls}{\@bls}{\normalsize\itshape}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{\@bls
+  \@plus .2\@bls}{0.0001pt}{\normalsize\itshape}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex \@plus
+  2ex \@minus 0.2ex}{-1em}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{1em}{3.25ex \@plus
+  2ex \@minus 0.2ex}{-1em}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
+  \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+    \let\@svsec\@empty
+  \else
+    \refstepcounter{#1}\def\@tempa{#8}%
+    \ifx\@tempa\@empty
+      \edef\@svsec{\csname lb@empty@#1\endcsname}%
+    \else
+      \edef\@svsec{\csname lb@#1\endcsname}\fi\fi
+  \@tempskipa #5\relax
+  \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+    \begingroup #6\relax
+\noindent \hskip #3\relax{\@secnumfont{#2}\@svsec}%
+  {\head@style\head@format{#2}{#8}\par}%
+    \endgroup
+    \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+     \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi #7}%
+  \else
+    \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\relax {\@secnumfont{#2}\@svsec }%
+      {\head@style\head@format{#2}{#8}}\csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+       \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi #7}}%
+  \fi
+  \@xsect{#5}}
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+  \@tempskipa #4\relax
+  \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+    \begingroup
+      #5{%
+        \@hangfrom{\hskip #2}%
+          \interlinepenalty \@M \head@format{#1}{#6}\@@par}%
+    \endgroup
+  \else
+    \def\@svsechd{#5{\hskip #2\relax \head@format{#1}{#6}}}%
+  \fi
+  \@xsect{#4}}
+\def\@startsection#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+  \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi
+  \par
+  \@tempskipa #4\relax
+  \@afterindenttrue
+  \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@
+    \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse
+  \fi
+  \if@nobreak
+    \everypar{}%
+  \else
+    \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa
+  \fi
+  \@ifstar
+    {\@ssect{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}%
+    {\@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}}
+
+\@maxlistdepth=2
+\def\labelitemi{--}
+\def\labelitemii{$\cdot$}
+\def\labelenumi{(\theenumi)}        \def\theenumi{\roman{enumi}}
+\def\labelenumii{(\theenumii)}      \def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+ \tabcolsep 1\p@           % idem in tabular environment.
+\def\@arrayclassz{\ifcase \@lastchclass \@acolampacol \or \@ampacol \or
+  \or \or \@addamp \or \@acolampacol \or \@firstampfalse \@acol \fi
+  \edef\@preamble{\@preamble
+  \ifcase \@chnum
+    \hfil$\relax\displaystyle\@sharp$\hfil \or
+    $\relax\displaystyle\@sharp$\hfil      \or
+    \hfil$\relax\displaystyle\@sharp$\fi}}
+\newdimen\Arrayrulewidth \Arrayrulewidth=1.0\p@
+\def\Hline{\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi\hrule \@height \Arrayrulewidth \futurelet
+   \@tempa\@xhline}
+\newdimen\crulepostskip \crulepostskip -7\p@
+\def\ccline#1{%
+  \noalign{\vskip\rulepreskip}%
+  \do@ccline(#1,1-0)\cr
+  \noalign{\vskip\crulepostskip}}
+\def\do@ccline(#1-#2,#3){%
+  \ifnum#1>#2\else\@cline[#1-#2]\do@ccline(#3,1-0)\fi
+  \ignorespaces}
+\newdimen\@Ldec \newdimen\@Rdec
+\def\dec #1.#2 {\hbox to\@Ldec{\hss#1}\def\@tempb{#2}%
+\ifx\@tempb\empty\hbox to\@Rdec{\hfill}\else\hbox to\@Rdec{.#2\hss}\fi}
+\def\setdec #1.#2 {\relax
+  \bgroup
+    \setbox0\hbox{\kern1pt\relax#1}\setbox1\hbox{\kern1pt\relax#2}%
+    \global\@Ldec\wd0\global\@Rdec\wd1
+  \egroup}
+\setdec 000.000 % default 3 digits on each side
+\newdimen\@Lpmdec \newdimen\@Rpmdec
+\def\pmdec #1.#2 {\hbox to\@Lpmdec{\hss#1}\def\@tempb{#2}%
+\ifx\@tempb\empty\hbox to\@Rpmdec{\hfill}\else\hbox to\@Rpmdec{.#2\hss}\fi}
+\def\setpmdec #1.#2 {\relax
+  \bgroup
+    \setbox0\hbox{\kern1pt\relax#1}\setbox1\hbox{\kern1pt\relax#2}%
+    \global\@Lpmdec\wd0\global\@Rpmdec\wd1
+  \egroup}
+\setpmdec 0.0 % default 1 digit on each side
+\def\add@thanksref#1{%
+  \global\advance\note@cnt\@ne
+  \def\@tempa{*}\def\@tempb{#1}%
+  \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+    \ifnum\note@cnt>\@ne \add@xtok\t@loc@notes{\note@sep}\fi
+    \add@tok\t@loc@notes{*}%
+  \else
+    \ifnum\note@cnt>\@ne \add@xtok\t@loc@notes{\note@sep}\fi
+    \add@tok\t@loc@notes{%
+    \if@Elproofing#1\else\ref{#1}\fi
+    }%
+  \fi}
+\def\thanks@optarg[#1]#2{%
+  \def\@tempa{*}\def\@tempb{#1}%
+  \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+    \@tempcnta=\c@footnote \c@footnote=-1 \label{#1}\c@footnote=\@tempcnta
+    \gdef\@corresp@note{\footnotetext[-1]{#2}}%
+  \else
+    \add@tok\t@glob@notes{\footnotetext}%
+    \refstepcounter{footnote}%
+    \if@Elproofing\else\if@tempswa\label{#1}\else\relax\fi\fi
+    \add@xtok\t@glob@notes{[\the\c@footnote]}%
+    \add@tok\t@glob@notes{{#2}}%
+  \fi
+  \ignorespaces}
+\def\frontmatter{%
+  \NoHyper
+  \let\@corresp@note\relax
+  \global\t@glob@notes={}\global\c@author\z@
+  \global\c@collab\z@ \global\c@address\z@
+  \sv@mathsurround\mathsurround \m@th
+  \global\n@author=0\n@author@\relax
+  \global\n@collab=0\n@collab@\relax
+  \global\advance\n@author\m@ne   % In comparisons later on we need
+  \global\advance\n@collab\m@ne   % n@author-1 and n@collab-1
+  \global\@firstauthortrue        % set to false by first \author or \collab
+  \global\@hasabstractfalse       % Default:  no abstract or keywords
+  \global\@haskeywordsfalse       % Default:  no abstract or keywords
+  \global\@prefacefalse           %           not preface
+  \ifnum\c@firstpage=\c@lastpage
+    \gdef\@pagerange{\@pagenumprefix\ESpagenumber{firstpage}}
+  \else
+    \gdef\@pagerange{\@pagenumprefix
+   \ESpagenumber{firstpage}--\@pagenumprefix\ESpagenumber{lastpage}}%
+  \fi
+  \@ifundefined{RIfM@}{}{\global\let\vec\@bfvec}%
+  \open@fm \ignorespaces}
+\def\title@fmt#1#2{%
+\@ifundefined{@runtitle}{\global\def\@runtitle{#1}}{}%
+ \vspace*{\@overtitleskip} % Vertical space above article type,
+  \@articletypesize                  % Size for article type
+  \leavevmode\vphantom{Aye!}
+  \@articletype
+  \vskip12\p@
+  {\@titlesize #1\,\hbox{$^{#2}$}\par}%
+  \vskip\@undertitleskip
+  }
+\def\address@fmt@init{%
+  \par                                % Start new paragraph
+  \vskip \@overaddressskip}               % Vertical space before addresses
+\def\@abstract[#1]{%
+  \global\@hasabstracttrue
+  \hyphenpenalty\sv@hyphenpenalty     % restore \hyphenpenalty
+  \global\setbox\t@abstract=\vbox\bgroup
+  \leftskip\z@
+  \@rightskip\z@ \rightskip\@rightskip \parfillskip\@flushglue
+   \@abstractsize                      % Text in 9/11
+  \parindent 1em                      % \parindent in abstract
+  \noindent {\bfseries\abstractname}  % caption `Abstract' (bold)
+  \vskip 0.5\@bls    % half a line of space below
+\noindent\ignorespaces
+}
+\def\@bfvec#1{\boldsymbol{#1}}
+\def\@pmbfvec#1{\pmb{#1}}
+\mathchardef\Gamma="0000
+\mathchardef\Delta="0001
+\mathchardef\Theta="0002
+\mathchardef\Lambda="0003
+\mathchardef\Xi="0004
+\mathchardef\Pi="0005
+\mathchardef\Sigma="0006
+\mathchardef\Upsilon="0007
+\mathchardef\Phi="0008
+\mathchardef\Psi="0009
+\mathchardef\Omega="000A
+\mathchardef\varGamma="0100
+\mathchardef\varDelta="0101
+\mathchardef\varTheta="0102
+\mathchardef\varLambda="0103
+\mathchardef\varXi="0104
+\mathchardef\varPi="0105
+\mathchardef\varSigma="0106
+\mathchardef\varUpsilon="0107
+\mathchardef\varPhi="0108
+\mathchardef\varPsi="0109
+\mathchardef\varOmega="010A
+\if@TwoColumn
+  \adjdemerits=100
+  \linepenalty=100
+  \doublehyphendemerits=5000        % experimental (1993-12-14)
+  \emergencystretch=1.6pc
+  \spaceskip=0.3em \@plus 0.17em \@minus 0.12em
+\fi
+\binoppenalty=300
+\relpenalty=100
+\clubpenalty=5000                % 'Club line'  at bottom of page.
+\widowpenalty=2000               % 'Widow line' at top of page.
+\displaywidowpenalty=1000        % Math display widow line.
+\predisplaypenalty=150           % Breaking before a math display.
+\postdisplaypenalty=50           % Breaking after a math display.
+\hfuzz=1\p@
+\hbadness=3000
+\@frontmatterwidth\textwidth
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `elsart5p.cls'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tpm/elsevier.tpm b/Master/texmf-dist/tpm/elsevier.tpm
index 6e9f1984230..64d532d7cba 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tpm/elsevier.tpm
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tpm/elsevier.tpm
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
   <rdf:Description about="http://texlive.dante.de/texlive/Package/elsevier.zip">
     <TPM:Name>elsevier</TPM:Name>
     <TPM:Type>Package</TPM:Type>
-    <TPM:Date>2006/01/11 23:52:40</TPM:Date>
+    <TPM:Date>2006/08/17 11:00:58</TPM:Date>
     <TPM:Version></TPM:Version>
     <TPM:Creator>rahtz</TPM:Creator>
     <TPM:Title>Preprint style for Elsevier Science journals.</TPM:Title>
@@ -13,30 +13,22 @@ Preprint LaTeX and BiBTeX style files for Elsevier Science journals.
     <TPM:Author>Simon Pepping</TPM:Author>
     <TPM:Size>906329</TPM:Size>
     <TPM:Build/>
-    <TPM:RunFiles size="144523">
-texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/elsevier/elsart-harv.bst
-texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/elsevier/elsart-num.bst
+    <TPM:RunFiles size="96946">
 texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart.cls
-texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart.sty
-texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart12.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart1p.cls
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart3p.cls
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart5p.cls
 texmf-dist/tpm/elsevier.tpm
     </TPM:RunFiles>
-    <TPM:DocFiles size="760640">
+    <TPM:DocFiles size="411575">
 texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/README
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instraut.pdf
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/model-harv.pdf
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/model-num.pdf
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/sample.dvi
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/sample.tex
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-harv.dvi
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-harv.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-harv.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-num.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-num.tex
 texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-harv.tex
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-num.dvi
 texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-num.tex
     </TPM:DocFiles>
-    <TPM:SourceFiles size="1166">
-texmf-dist/source/latex/elsevier/00Description
-texmf-dist/source/latex/elsevier/ascii.tab
-    </TPM:SourceFiles>
     <TPM:Provides>Package/elsevier</TPM:Provides>
   </rdf:Description>
 </rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/lists/elsevier b/Master/texmf/lists/elsevier
index 35594824191..41e97c933d7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/lists/elsevier
+++ b/Master/texmf/lists/elsevier
@@ -1,20 +1,15 @@
 texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/README
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instraut.pdf
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/model-harv.pdf
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/model-num.pdf
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/sample.dvi
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/sample.tex
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-harv.dvi
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-harv.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-harv.tex
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-num.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/instructions-num.tex
 texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-harv.tex
-texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-num.dvi
 texmf-dist/doc/latex/elsevier/template-num.tex
-texmf-dist/source/latex/elsevier/00Description
-texmf-dist/source/latex/elsevier/ascii.tab
-texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/elsevier/elsart-harv.bst
-texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/elsevier/elsart-num.bst
+
 texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart.cls
-texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart.sty
-texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart12.sty
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart1p.cls
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart3p.cls
+texmf-dist/tex/latex/elsevier/elsart5p.cls
 texmf-dist/tpm/elsevier.tpm
 
 texmf/lists/elsevier